Show More
This diff has been collapsed as it changes many lines, (5637 lines changed) Show them Hide them | |||||
@@ -2,7 +2,7 b'' | |||||
2 | # Copyright (C) 2009 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> and others |
|
2 | # Copyright (C) 2009 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> and others | |
3 | # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mercurial package. |
|
3 | # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mercurial package. | |
4 | # Chia-Huan Wu <willie.tw@gmail.com>, 2009. |
|
4 | # Chia-Huan Wu <willie.tw@gmail.com>, 2009. | |
5 | # |
|
5 | # | |
6 | msgid "" |
|
6 | msgid "" | |
7 | msgstr "" |
|
7 | msgstr "" | |
8 | "Project-Id-Version: Mercurial\n" |
|
8 | "Project-Id-Version: Mercurial\n" | |
@@ -26,27 +26,25 b' msgid "COMMANDS"' | |||||
26 | msgstr "命令" |
|
26 | msgstr "命令" | |
27 |
|
27 | |||
28 | #, fuzzy |
|
28 | #, fuzzy | |
29 | msgid "" |
|
29 | msgid " options:" | |
30 | " options:\n" |
|
|||
31 | "\n" |
|
|||
32 | msgstr " 選項: \n" |
|
30 | msgstr " 選項: \n" | |
33 |
|
31 | |||
34 | #, python-format |
|
32 | #, python-format | |
35 | msgid "" |
|
33 | msgid " aliases: %s" | |
36 | " aliases: %s\n" |
|
34 | msgstr " 別名: %s" | |
37 | "\n" |
|
35 | ||
38 | msgstr "" |
|
36 | msgid "Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:" | |
39 | " 別名: %s\n" |
|
37 | msgstr "" | |
40 | "\n" |
|
38 | ||
41 |
|
39 | msgid "" | ||
42 | msgid "" |
|
|||
43 | "Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:\n" |
|
|||
44 | "\n" |
|
|||
45 | "- backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n" |
|
40 | "- backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n" | |
46 |
"- log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date. |
|
41 | "- log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date." | |
47 | "\n" |
|
42 | msgstr "" | |
48 | "Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples::\n" |
|
43 | ||
49 | "\n" |
|
44 | msgid "Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples::" | |
|
45 | msgstr "" | |||
|
46 | ||||
|
47 | msgid "" | |||
50 | " \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (local timezone assumed)\n" |
|
48 | " \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (local timezone assumed)\n" | |
51 | " \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (year assumed, time offset provided)\n" |
|
49 | " \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (year assumed, time offset provided)\n" | |
52 | " \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n" |
|
50 | " \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n" | |
@@ -59,19 +57,26 b' msgid ""' | |||||
59 | " \"2006-12-6\"\n" |
|
57 | " \"2006-12-6\"\n" | |
60 | " \"12-6\"\n" |
|
58 | " \"12-6\"\n" | |
61 | " \"12/6\"\n" |
|
59 | " \"12/6\"\n" | |
62 |
" \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006) |
|
60 | " \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)" | |
63 | "\n" |
|
61 | msgstr "" | |
64 | "Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format::\n" |
|
62 | ||
65 | "\n" |
|
63 | msgid "Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format::" | |
66 | " \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)\n" |
|
64 | msgstr "" | |
67 | "\n" |
|
65 | ||
|
66 | msgid " \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)" | |||
|
67 | msgstr "" | |||
|
68 | ||||
|
69 | msgid "" | |||
68 | "This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is the\n" |
|
70 | "This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is the\n" | |
69 | "number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). offset is\n" |
|
71 | "number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). offset is\n" | |
70 | "the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC (negative if\n" |
|
72 | "the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC (negative if\n" | |
71 |
"the timezone is east of UTC). |
|
73 | "the timezone is east of UTC)." | |
72 | "\n" |
|
74 | msgstr "" | |
73 | "The log command also accepts date ranges::\n" |
|
75 | ||
74 | "\n" |
|
76 | msgid "The log command also accepts date ranges::" | |
|
77 | msgstr "" | |||
|
78 | ||||
|
79 | msgid "" | |||
75 | " \"<{datetime}\" - at or before a given date/time\n" |
|
80 | " \"<{datetime}\" - at or before a given date/time\n" | |
76 | " \">{datetime}\" - on or after a given date/time\n" |
|
81 | " \">{datetime}\" - on or after a given date/time\n" | |
77 | " \"{datetime} to {datetime}\" - a date range, inclusive\n" |
|
82 | " \"{datetime} to {datetime}\" - a date range, inclusive\n" | |
@@ -81,29 +86,39 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
81 | msgid "" |
|
86 | msgid "" | |
82 | "Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two versions of\n" |
|
87 | "Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two versions of\n" | |
83 | "a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU diff, which can be\n" |
|
88 | "a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU diff, which can be\n" | |
84 |
"used by GNU patch and many other standard tools. |
|
89 | "used by GNU patch and many other standard tools." | |
85 | "\n" |
|
90 | msgstr "" | |
|
91 | ||||
|
92 | msgid "" | |||
86 | "While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n" |
|
93 | "While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n" | |
87 |
"following information: |
|
94 | "following information:" | |
88 | "\n" |
|
95 | msgstr "" | |
|
96 | ||||
|
97 | msgid "" | |||
89 | "- executable status and other permission bits\n" |
|
98 | "- executable status and other permission bits\n" | |
90 | "- copy or rename information\n" |
|
99 | "- copy or rename information\n" | |
91 | "- changes in binary files\n" |
|
100 | "- changes in binary files\n" | |
92 |
"- creation or deletion of empty files |
|
101 | "- creation or deletion of empty files" | |
93 | "\n" |
|
102 | msgstr "" | |
|
103 | ||||
|
104 | msgid "" | |||
94 | "Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n" |
|
105 | "Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n" | |
95 | "which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not produced\n" |
|
106 | "which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not produced\n" | |
96 | "by default because a few widespread tools still do not understand this\n" |
|
107 | "by default because a few widespread tools still do not understand this\n" | |
97 |
"format. |
|
108 | "format." | |
98 | "\n" |
|
109 | msgstr "" | |
|
110 | ||||
|
111 | msgid "" | |||
99 | "This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n" |
|
112 | "This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n" | |
100 | "(e.g. with \"hg export\"), you should be careful about things like file\n" |
|
113 | "(e.g. with \"hg export\"), you should be careful about things like file\n" | |
101 | "copies and renames or other things mentioned above, because when\n" |
|
114 | "copies and renames or other things mentioned above, because when\n" | |
102 | "applying a standard diff to a different repository, this extra\n" |
|
115 | "applying a standard diff to a different repository, this extra\n" | |
103 | "information is lost. Mercurial's internal operations (like push and\n" |
|
116 | "information is lost. Mercurial's internal operations (like push and\n" | |
104 | "pull) are not affected by this, because they use an internal binary\n" |
|
117 | "pull) are not affected by this, because they use an internal binary\n" | |
105 |
"format for communicating changes. |
|
118 | "format for communicating changes." | |
106 | "\n" |
|
119 | msgstr "" | |
|
120 | ||||
|
121 | msgid "" | |||
107 | "To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the --git\n" |
|
122 | "To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the --git\n" | |
108 | "option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in the [diff]\n" |
|
123 | "option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in the [diff]\n" | |
109 | "section of your hgrc. You do not need to set this option when\n" |
|
124 | "section of your hgrc. You do not need to set this option when\n" | |
@@ -116,74 +131,98 b' msgid ""' | |||||
116 | " hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is\n" |
|
131 | " hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is\n" | |
117 | " the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named\n" |
|
132 | " the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named\n" | |
118 | " 'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on\n" |
|
133 | " 'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on\n" | |
119 |
" Windows) is searched. |
|
134 | " Windows) is searched." | |
120 | "\n" |
|
135 | msgstr "" | |
|
136 | ||||
|
137 | msgid "" | |||
121 | "HGEDITOR\n" |
|
138 | "HGEDITOR\n" | |
122 |
" This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR. |
|
139 | " This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR." | |
123 | "\n" |
|
140 | msgstr "" | |
124 | " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n" |
|
141 | ||
125 | "\n" |
|
142 | msgid " (deprecated, use .hgrc)" | |
|
143 | msgstr "" | |||
|
144 | ||||
|
145 | msgid "" | |||
126 | "HGENCODING\n" |
|
146 | "HGENCODING\n" | |
127 | " This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n" |
|
147 | " This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n" | |
128 | " This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n" |
|
148 | " This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n" | |
129 | " changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n" |
|
149 | " changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n" | |
130 |
" be overridden with the --encoding command-line option. |
|
150 | " be overridden with the --encoding command-line option." | |
131 | "\n" |
|
151 | msgstr "" | |
|
152 | ||||
|
153 | msgid "" | |||
132 | "HGENCODINGMODE\n" |
|
154 | "HGENCODINGMODE\n" | |
133 | " This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n" |
|
155 | " This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n" | |
134 | " while transcoding user input. The default is \"strict\", which\n" |
|
156 | " while transcoding user input. The default is \"strict\", which\n" | |
135 | " causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other\n" |
|
157 | " causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other\n" | |
136 | " settings include \"replace\", which replaces unknown characters, and\n" |
|
158 | " settings include \"replace\", which replaces unknown characters, and\n" | |
137 | " \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n" |
|
159 | " \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n" | |
138 |
" the --encodingmode command-line option. |
|
160 | " the --encodingmode command-line option." | |
139 | "\n" |
|
161 | msgstr "" | |
|
162 | ||||
|
163 | msgid "" | |||
140 | "HGMERGE\n" |
|
164 | "HGMERGE\n" | |
141 | " An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n" |
|
165 | " An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n" | |
142 | " will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n" |
|
166 | " will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n" | |
143 |
" ancestor file. |
|
167 | " ancestor file." | |
144 | "\n" |
|
168 | msgstr "" | |
145 | " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n" |
|
169 | ||
146 | "\n" |
|
170 | msgid "" | |
147 | "HGRCPATH\n" |
|
171 | "HGRCPATH\n" | |
148 | " A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item\n" |
|
172 | " A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item\n" | |
149 | " separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,\n" |
|
173 | " separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,\n" | |
150 | " platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc\n" |
|
174 | " platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc\n" | |
151 |
" from the current repository is read. |
|
175 | " from the current repository is read." | |
152 | "\n" |
|
176 | msgstr "" | |
153 | " For each element in HGRCPATH:\n" |
|
177 | ||
154 | "\n" |
|
178 | msgid " For each element in HGRCPATH:" | |
|
179 | msgstr "" | |||
|
180 | ||||
|
181 | msgid "" | |||
155 | " - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n" |
|
182 | " - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n" | |
156 |
" - otherwise, the file itself will be added |
|
183 | " - otherwise, the file itself will be added" | |
157 | "\n" |
|
184 | msgstr "" | |
|
185 | ||||
|
186 | msgid "" | |||
158 | "HGUSER\n" |
|
187 | "HGUSER\n" | |
159 | " This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,\n" |
|
188 | " This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,\n" | |
160 |
" available values will be considered in this order: |
|
189 | " available values will be considered in this order:" | |
161 | "\n" |
|
190 | msgstr "" | |
|
191 | ||||
|
192 | msgid "" | |||
162 | " - HGUSER (deprecated)\n" |
|
193 | " - HGUSER (deprecated)\n" | |
163 | " - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH\n" |
|
194 | " - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH\n" | |
164 | " - EMAIL\n" |
|
195 | " - EMAIL\n" | |
165 | " - interactive prompt\n" |
|
196 | " - interactive prompt\n" | |
166 |
" - LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended) |
|
197 | " - LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)" | |
167 | "\n" |
|
198 | msgstr "" | |
168 | " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n" |
|
199 | ||
169 | "\n" |
|
200 | msgid "" | |
170 | "EMAIL\n" |
|
201 | "EMAIL\n" | |
171 |
" May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER. |
|
202 | " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER." | |
172 | "\n" |
|
203 | msgstr "" | |
|
204 | ||||
|
205 | msgid "" | |||
173 | "LOGNAME\n" |
|
206 | "LOGNAME\n" | |
174 |
" May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER. |
|
207 | " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER." | |
175 | "\n" |
|
208 | msgstr "" | |
|
209 | ||||
|
210 | msgid "" | |||
176 | "VISUAL\n" |
|
211 | "VISUAL\n" | |
177 |
" This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR. |
|
212 | " This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR." | |
178 | "\n" |
|
213 | msgstr "" | |
|
214 | ||||
|
215 | msgid "" | |||
179 | "EDITOR\n" |
|
216 | "EDITOR\n" | |
180 | " Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a\n" |
|
217 | " Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a\n" | |
181 | " user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The\n" |
|
218 | " user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The\n" | |
182 | " editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n" |
|
219 | " editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n" | |
183 | " variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first\n" |
|
220 | " variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first\n" | |
184 | " non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n" |
|
221 | " non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n" | |
185 |
" defaults to 'vi'. |
|
222 | " defaults to 'vi'." | |
186 | "\n" |
|
223 | msgstr "" | |
|
224 | ||||
|
225 | msgid "" | |||
187 | "PYTHONPATH\n" |
|
226 | "PYTHONPATH\n" | |
188 | " This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be\n" |
|
227 | " This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be\n" | |
189 | " set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n" |
|
228 | " set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n" | |
@@ -193,31 +232,44 b' msgid ""' | |||||
193 | "Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of\n" |
|
232 | "Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of\n" | |
194 | "extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to\n" |
|
233 | "extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to\n" | |
195 | "existing commands, change the default behavior of commands, or\n" |
|
234 | "existing commands, change the default behavior of commands, or\n" | |
196 |
"implement hooks. |
|
235 | "implement hooks." | |
197 | "\n" |
|
236 | msgstr "" | |
|
237 | ||||
|
238 | msgid "" | |||
198 | "Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n" |
|
239 | "Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n" | |
199 | "they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced\n" |
|
240 | "they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced\n" | |
200 | "usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such\n" |
|
241 | "usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such\n" | |
201 | "as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready\n" |
|
242 | "as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready\n" | |
202 | "for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock\n" |
|
243 | "for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock\n" | |
203 | "Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as\n" |
|
244 | "Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as\n" | |
204 |
"needed. |
|
245 | "needed." | |
205 | "\n" |
|
246 | msgstr "" | |
|
247 | ||||
|
248 | msgid "" | |||
206 | "To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in\n" |
|
249 | "To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in\n" | |
207 | "the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like\n" |
|
250 | "the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like\n" | |
208 |
"this:: |
|
251 | "this::" | |
209 | "\n" |
|
252 | msgstr "" | |
|
253 | ||||
|
254 | msgid "" | |||
210 | " [extensions]\n" |
|
255 | " [extensions]\n" | |
211 |
" foo = |
|
256 | " foo =" | |
212 | "\n" |
|
257 | msgstr "" | |
213 | "You may also specify the full path to an extension::\n" |
|
258 | ||
214 | "\n" |
|
259 | msgid "You may also specify the full path to an extension::" | |
|
260 | msgstr "" | |||
|
261 | ||||
|
262 | msgid "" | |||
215 | " [extensions]\n" |
|
263 | " [extensions]\n" | |
216 |
" myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
|
264 | " myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py" | |
217 | "\n" |
|
265 | msgstr "" | |
|
266 | ||||
|
267 | msgid "" | |||
218 | "To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader\n" |
|
268 | "To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader\n" | |
219 |
"scope, prepend its path with !:: |
|
269 | "scope, prepend its path with !::" | |
220 | "\n" |
|
270 | msgstr "" | |
|
271 | ||||
|
272 | msgid "" | |||
221 | " [extensions]\n" |
|
273 | " [extensions]\n" | |
222 | " # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py\n" |
|
274 | " # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py\n" | |
223 | " bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py\n" |
|
275 | " bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py\n" | |
@@ -228,89 +280,126 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
228 | msgid "" |
|
280 | msgid "" | |
229 | "When Mercurial accepts more than one revision, they may be specified\n" |
|
281 | "When Mercurial accepts more than one revision, they may be specified\n" | |
230 | "individually, or provided as a topologically continuous range,\n" |
|
282 | "individually, or provided as a topologically continuous range,\n" | |
231 |
"separated by the \":\" character. |
|
283 | "separated by the \":\" character." | |
232 | "\n" |
|
284 | msgstr "" | |
|
285 | ||||
|
286 | msgid "" | |||
233 | "The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END are\n" |
|
287 | "The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END are\n" | |
234 | "revision identifiers. Both BEGIN and END are optional. If BEGIN is not\n" |
|
288 | "revision identifiers. Both BEGIN and END are optional. If BEGIN is not\n" | |
235 | "specified, it defaults to revision number 0. If END is not specified,\n" |
|
289 | "specified, it defaults to revision number 0. If END is not specified,\n" | |
236 |
"it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus means \"all revisions\". |
|
290 | "it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus means \"all revisions\"." | |
237 | "\n" |
|
291 | msgstr "" | |
238 | "If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse order.\n" |
|
292 | ||
239 | "\n" |
|
293 | msgid "If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse order." | |
|
294 | msgstr "" | |||
|
295 | ||||
|
296 | msgid "" | |||
240 | "A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n" |
|
297 | "A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n" | |
241 | "gives 3, 4 and 5. Similarly, a range of 9:6 gives 9, 8, 7, and 6.\n" |
|
298 | "gives 3, 4 and 5. Similarly, a range of 9:6 gives 9, 8, 7, and 6.\n" | |
242 | msgstr "" |
|
299 | msgstr "" | |
243 |
|
300 | |||
244 | msgid "" |
|
301 | msgid "" | |
245 | "Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more files\n" |
|
302 | "Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more files\n" | |
246 |
"at a time. |
|
303 | "at a time." | |
247 | "\n" |
|
304 | msgstr "" | |
|
305 | ||||
|
306 | msgid "" | |||
248 | "By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended glob\n" |
|
307 | "By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended glob\n" | |
249 |
"patterns. |
|
308 | "patterns." | |
250 | "\n" |
|
309 | msgstr "" | |
251 | "Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly.\n" |
|
310 | ||
252 | "\n" |
|
311 | msgid "Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly." | |
|
312 | msgstr "" | |||
|
313 | ||||
|
314 | msgid "" | |||
253 | "To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it with\n" |
|
315 | "To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it with\n" | |
254 | "``path:``. These path names must completely match starting at the\n" |
|
316 | "``path:``. These path names must completely match starting at the\n" | |
255 |
"current repository root. |
|
317 | "current repository root." | |
256 | "\n" |
|
318 | msgstr "" | |
|
319 | ||||
|
320 | msgid "" | |||
257 | "To use an extended glob, start a name with ``glob:``. Globs are rooted\n" |
|
321 | "To use an extended glob, start a name with ``glob:``. Globs are rooted\n" | |
258 | "at the current directory; a glob such as ``*.c`` will only match files\n" |
|
322 | "at the current directory; a glob such as ``*.c`` will only match files\n" | |
259 |
"in the current directory ending with ``.c``. |
|
323 | "in the current directory ending with ``.c``." | |
260 | "\n" |
|
324 | msgstr "" | |
|
325 | ||||
|
326 | msgid "" | |||
261 | "The supported glob syntax extensions are ``**`` to match any string\n" |
|
327 | "The supported glob syntax extensions are ``**`` to match any string\n" | |
262 |
"across path separators and ``{a,b}`` to mean \"a or b\". |
|
328 | "across path separators and ``{a,b}`` to mean \"a or b\"." | |
263 | "\n" |
|
329 | msgstr "" | |
|
330 | ||||
|
331 | msgid "" | |||
264 | "To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with ``re:``.\n" |
|
332 | "To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with ``re:``.\n" | |
265 |
"Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository. |
|
333 | "Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository." | |
266 | "\n" |
|
334 | msgstr "" | |
267 | "Plain examples::\n" |
|
335 | ||
268 | "\n" |
|
336 | msgid "Plain examples::" | |
|
337 | msgstr "" | |||
|
338 | ||||
|
339 | msgid "" | |||
269 | " path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root\n" |
|
340 | " path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root\n" | |
270 | " of the repository\n" |
|
341 | " of the repository\n" | |
271 |
" path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\" |
|
342 | " path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\"" | |
272 | "\n" |
|
343 | msgstr "" | |
273 | "Glob examples::\n" |
|
344 | ||
274 | "\n" |
|
345 | msgid "Glob examples::" | |
|
346 | msgstr "" | |||
|
347 | ||||
|
348 | msgid "" | |||
275 | " glob:*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n" |
|
349 | " glob:*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n" | |
276 | " *.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n" |
|
350 | " *.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n" | |
277 | " **.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n" |
|
351 | " **.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n" | |
278 | " current directory including itself.\n" |
|
352 | " current directory including itself.\n" | |
279 | " foo/*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n" |
|
353 | " foo/*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n" | |
280 | " foo/**.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n" |
|
354 | " foo/**.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n" | |
281 |
" including itself. |
|
355 | " including itself." | |
282 | "\n" |
|
356 | msgstr "" | |
283 | "Regexp examples::\n" |
|
357 | ||
284 | "\n" |
|
358 | msgid "Regexp examples::" | |
285 | " re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n" |
|
359 | msgstr "" | |
286 | msgstr "" |
|
360 | ||
287 |
|
361 | msgid " re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n" | ||
288 |
msg |
|
362 | msgstr "" | |
289 | "Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions.\n" |
|
363 | ||
290 | "\n" |
|
364 | msgid "Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions." | |
|
365 | msgstr "" | |||
|
366 | ||||
|
367 | msgid "" | |||
291 | "A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are\n" |
|
368 | "A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are\n" | |
292 | "treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip,\n" |
|
369 | "treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip,\n" | |
293 |
"-2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth. |
|
370 | "-2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth." | |
294 | "\n" |
|
371 | msgstr "" | |
|
372 | ||||
|
373 | msgid "" | |||
295 | "A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n" |
|
374 | "A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n" | |
296 |
"identifier. |
|
375 | "identifier." | |
297 | "\n" |
|
376 | msgstr "" | |
|
377 | ||||
|
378 | msgid "" | |||
298 | "A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n" |
|
379 | "A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n" | |
299 | "unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form\n" |
|
380 | "unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form\n" | |
300 | "identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix\n" |
|
381 | "identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix\n" | |
301 |
"of exactly one full-length identifier. |
|
382 | "of exactly one full-length identifier." | |
302 | "\n" |
|
383 | msgstr "" | |
|
384 | ||||
|
385 | msgid "" | |||
303 | "Any other string is treated as a tag or branch name. A tag name is a\n" |
|
386 | "Any other string is treated as a tag or branch name. A tag name is a\n" | |
304 | "symbolic name associated with a revision identifier. A branch name\n" |
|
387 | "symbolic name associated with a revision identifier. A branch name\n" | |
305 | "denotes the tipmost revision of that branch. Tag and branch names must\n" |
|
388 | "denotes the tipmost revision of that branch. Tag and branch names must\n" | |
306 |
"not contain the \":\" character. |
|
389 | "not contain the \":\" character." | |
307 | "\n" |
|
390 | msgstr "" | |
|
391 | ||||
|
392 | msgid "" | |||
308 | "The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies the\n" |
|
393 | "The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies the\n" | |
309 |
"most recent revision. |
|
394 | "most recent revision." | |
310 | "\n" |
|
395 | msgstr "" | |
|
396 | ||||
|
397 | msgid "" | |||
311 | "The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n" |
|
398 | "The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n" | |
312 |
"revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0. |
|
399 | "revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0." | |
313 | "\n" |
|
400 | msgstr "" | |
|
401 | ||||
|
402 | msgid "" | |||
314 | "The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If no\n" |
|
403 | "The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If no\n" | |
315 | "working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an\n" |
|
404 | "working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an\n" | |
316 | "uncommitted merge is in progress, \".\" is the revision of the first\n" |
|
405 | "uncommitted merge is in progress, \".\" is the revision of the first\n" | |
@@ -321,27 +410,40 b' msgid ""' | |||||
321 | "Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n" |
|
410 | "Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n" | |
322 | "templates. You can either pass in a template from the command\n" |
|
411 | "templates. You can either pass in a template from the command\n" | |
323 | "line, via the --template option, or select an existing\n" |
|
412 | "line, via the --template option, or select an existing\n" | |
324 |
"template-style (--style). |
|
413 | "template-style (--style)." | |
325 | "\n" |
|
414 | msgstr "" | |
|
415 | ||||
|
416 | msgid "" | |||
326 | "You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log,\n" |
|
417 | "You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log,\n" | |
327 |
"outgoing, incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog. |
|
418 | "outgoing, incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog." | |
328 | "\n" |
|
419 | msgstr "" | |
|
420 | ||||
|
421 | msgid "" | |||
329 | "Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n" |
|
422 | "Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n" | |
330 | "when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.\n" |
|
423 | "when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.\n" | |
331 |
"Usage:: |
|
424 | "Usage::" | |
332 | "\n" |
|
425 | msgstr "" | |
333 | " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog\n" |
|
426 | ||
334 | "\n" |
|
427 | msgid " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog" | |
|
428 | msgstr "" | |||
|
429 | ||||
|
430 | msgid "" | |||
335 | "A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable\n" |
|
431 | "A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable\n" | |
336 |
"expansion:: |
|
432 | "expansion::" | |
337 | "\n" |
|
433 | msgstr "" | |
|
434 | ||||
|
435 | msgid "" | |||
338 | " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n" |
|
436 | " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n" | |
339 |
" b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746 |
|
437 | " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746" | |
340 | "\n" |
|
438 | msgstr "" | |
|
439 | ||||
|
440 | msgid "" | |||
341 | "Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of\n" |
|
441 | "Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of\n" | |
342 | "keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These\n" |
|
442 | "keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These\n" | |
343 |
"keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command: |
|
443 | "keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:" | |
344 | "\n" |
|
444 | msgstr "" | |
|
445 | ||||
|
446 | msgid "" | |||
345 | ":author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.\n" |
|
447 | ":author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.\n" | |
346 | ":branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset\n" |
|
448 | ":branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset\n" | |
347 | " was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was\n" |
|
449 | " was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was\n" | |
@@ -365,19 +467,26 b' msgid ""' | |||||
365 | " changeset.\n" |
|
467 | " changeset.\n" | |
366 | ":latesttag: String. Most recent global tag in the ancestors of this\n" |
|
468 | ":latesttag: String. Most recent global tag in the ancestors of this\n" | |
367 | " changeset.\n" |
|
469 | " changeset.\n" | |
368 |
":latesttagdistance: Integer. Longest path to the latest tag. |
|
470 | ":latesttagdistance: Integer. Longest path to the latest tag." | |
369 | "\n" |
|
471 | msgstr "" | |
|
472 | ||||
|
473 | msgid "" | |||
370 | "The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n" |
|
474 | "The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n" | |
371 | "want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process\n" |
|
475 | "want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process\n" | |
372 | "it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input\n" |
|
476 | "it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input\n" | |
373 | "variable. You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired\n" |
|
477 | "variable. You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired\n" | |
374 |
"output:: |
|
478 | "output::" | |
375 | "\n" |
|
479 | msgstr "" | |
|
480 | ||||
|
481 | msgid "" | |||
376 | " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n" |
|
482 | " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n" | |
377 |
" 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000 |
|
483 | " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000" | |
378 | "\n" |
|
484 | msgstr "" | |
379 | "List of filters:\n" |
|
485 | ||
380 | "\n" |
|
486 | msgid "List of filters:" | |
|
487 | msgstr "" | |||
|
488 | ||||
|
489 | msgid "" | |||
381 | ":addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n" |
|
490 | ":addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n" | |
382 | " every line except the last.\n" |
|
491 | " every line except the last.\n" | |
383 | ":age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference\n" |
|
492 | ":age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference\n" | |
@@ -433,113 +542,160 b' msgid ""' | |||||
433 | " address.\n" |
|
542 | " address.\n" | |
434 | msgstr "" |
|
543 | msgstr "" | |
435 |
|
544 | |||
436 | msgid "" |
|
545 | msgid "Valid URLs are of the form::" | |
437 | "Valid URLs are of the form::\n" |
|
546 | msgstr "" | |
438 | "\n" |
|
547 | ||
|
548 | msgid "" | |||
439 | " local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n" |
|
549 | " local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n" | |
440 | " file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n" |
|
550 | " file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n" | |
441 | " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n" |
|
551 | " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n" | |
442 | " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n" |
|
552 | " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n" | |
443 |
" ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision] |
|
553 | " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]" | |
444 | "\n" |
|
554 | msgstr "" | |
|
555 | ||||
|
556 | msgid "" | |||
445 | "Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n" |
|
557 | "Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n" | |
446 | "repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg\n" |
|
558 | "repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg\n" | |
447 |
"incoming --bundle'). |
|
559 | "incoming --bundle')." | |
448 | "\n" |
|
560 | msgstr "" | |
|
561 | ||||
|
562 | msgid "" | |||
449 | "An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag, or\n" |
|
563 | "An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag, or\n" | |
450 | "changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help\n" |
|
564 | "changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help\n" | |
451 |
"revisions'. |
|
565 | "revisions'." | |
452 | "\n" |
|
566 | msgstr "" | |
|
567 | ||||
|
568 | msgid "" | |||
453 | "Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are only\n" |
|
569 | "Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are only\n" | |
454 | "possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote Mercurial\n" |
|
570 | "possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote Mercurial\n" | |
455 |
"server. |
|
571 | "server." | |
456 | "\n" |
|
572 | msgstr "" | |
457 | "Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:\n" |
|
573 | ||
458 | "\n" |
|
574 | msgid "Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:" | |
|
575 | msgstr "" | |||
|
576 | ||||
|
577 | msgid "" | |||
459 | "- SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination machine\n" |
|
578 | "- SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination machine\n" | |
460 | " and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as remotecmd.\n" |
|
579 | " and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as remotecmd.\n" | |
461 | "- path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default. Use\n" |
|
580 | "- path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default. Use\n" | |
462 |
" an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path:: |
|
581 | " an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path::" | |
463 | "\n" |
|
582 | msgstr "" | |
464 | " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n" |
|
583 | ||
465 | "\n" |
|
584 | msgid " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository" | |
|
585 | msgstr "" | |||
|
586 | ||||
|
587 | msgid "" | |||
466 | "- Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right thing\n" |
|
588 | "- Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right thing\n" | |
467 |
" to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.:: |
|
589 | " to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::" | |
468 | "\n" |
|
590 | msgstr "" | |
|
591 | ||||
|
592 | msgid "" | |||
469 | " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n" |
|
593 | " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n" | |
470 | " Compression no\n" |
|
594 | " Compression no\n" | |
471 | " Host *\n" |
|
595 | " Host *\n" | |
472 |
" Compression yes |
|
596 | " Compression yes" | |
473 | "\n" |
|
597 | msgstr "" | |
|
598 | ||||
|
599 | msgid "" | |||
474 | " Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your hgrc or\n" |
|
600 | " Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your hgrc or\n" | |
475 |
" with the --ssh command line option. |
|
601 | " with the --ssh command line option." | |
476 | "\n" |
|
602 | msgstr "" | |
|
603 | ||||
|
604 | msgid "" | |||
477 | "These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under the\n" |
|
605 | "These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under the\n" | |
478 |
"[paths] section like so:: |
|
606 | "[paths] section like so::" | |
479 | "\n" |
|
607 | msgstr "" | |
|
608 | ||||
|
609 | msgid "" | |||
480 | " [paths]\n" |
|
610 | " [paths]\n" | |
481 | " alias1 = URL1\n" |
|
611 | " alias1 = URL1\n" | |
482 | " alias2 = URL2\n" |
|
612 | " alias2 = URL2\n" | |
483 |
" ... |
|
613 | " ..." | |
484 | "\n" |
|
614 | msgstr "" | |
|
615 | ||||
|
616 | msgid "" | |||
485 | "You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for\n" |
|
617 | "You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for\n" | |
486 |
"example 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path). |
|
618 | "example 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path)." | |
487 | "\n" |
|
619 | msgstr "" | |
|
620 | ||||
|
621 | msgid "" | |||
488 | "Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults when\n" |
|
622 | "Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults when\n" | |
489 |
"you do not provide the URL to a command: |
|
623 | "you do not provide the URL to a command:" | |
490 | "\n" |
|
624 | msgstr "" | |
|
625 | ||||
|
626 | msgid "" | |||
491 | "default:\n" |
|
627 | "default:\n" | |
492 | " When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command saves\n" |
|
628 | " When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command saves\n" | |
493 | " the location of the source repository as the new repository's\n" |
|
629 | " the location of the source repository as the new repository's\n" | |
494 | " 'default' path. This is then used when you omit path from push- and\n" |
|
630 | " 'default' path. This is then used when you omit path from push- and\n" | |
495 |
" pull-like commands (including incoming and outgoing). |
|
631 | " pull-like commands (including incoming and outgoing)." | |
496 | "\n" |
|
632 | msgstr "" | |
|
633 | ||||
|
634 | msgid "" | |||
497 | "default-push:\n" |
|
635 | "default-push:\n" | |
498 | " The push command will look for a path named 'default-push', and\n" |
|
636 | " The push command will look for a path named 'default-push', and\n" | |
499 | " prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n" |
|
637 | " prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n" | |
500 | msgstr "" |
|
638 | msgstr "" | |
501 |
|
639 | |||
502 | msgid "" |
|
640 | msgid "hooks for controlling repository access" | |
503 | "hooks for controlling repository access\n" |
|
641 | msgstr "" | |
504 | "\n" |
|
642 | ||
|
643 | msgid "" | |||
505 | "This hook makes it possible to allow or deny write access to portions\n" |
|
644 | "This hook makes it possible to allow or deny write access to portions\n" | |
506 |
"of a repository when receiving incoming changesets. |
|
645 | "of a repository when receiving incoming changesets." | |
507 | "\n" |
|
646 | msgstr "" | |
|
647 | ||||
|
648 | msgid "" | |||
508 | "The authorization is matched based on the local user name on the\n" |
|
649 | "The authorization is matched based on the local user name on the\n" | |
509 | "system where the hook runs, and not the committer of the original\n" |
|
650 | "system where the hook runs, and not the committer of the original\n" | |
510 |
"changeset (since the latter is merely informative). |
|
651 | "changeset (since the latter is merely informative)." | |
511 | "\n" |
|
652 | msgstr "" | |
|
653 | ||||
|
654 | msgid "" | |||
512 | "The acl hook is best used along with a restricted shell like hgsh,\n" |
|
655 | "The acl hook is best used along with a restricted shell like hgsh,\n" | |
513 | "preventing authenticating users from doing anything other than\n" |
|
656 | "preventing authenticating users from doing anything other than\n" | |
514 | "pushing or pulling. The hook is not safe to use if users have\n" |
|
657 | "pushing or pulling. The hook is not safe to use if users have\n" | |
515 | "interactive shell access, as they can then disable the hook.\n" |
|
658 | "interactive shell access, as they can then disable the hook.\n" | |
516 | "Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there\n" |
|
659 | "Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there\n" | |
517 |
"is no way to distinguish them. |
|
660 | "is no way to distinguish them." | |
518 | "\n" |
|
661 | msgstr "" | |
519 | "To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::\n" |
|
662 | ||
520 | "\n" |
|
663 | msgid "To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::" | |
|
664 | msgstr "" | |||
|
665 | ||||
|
666 | msgid "" | |||
521 | " [extensions]\n" |
|
667 | " [extensions]\n" | |
522 |
" acl = |
|
668 | " acl =" | |
523 | "\n" |
|
669 | msgstr "" | |
|
670 | ||||
|
671 | msgid "" | |||
524 | " [hooks]\n" |
|
672 | " [hooks]\n" | |
525 |
" pretxnchangegroup.acl = python:hgext.acl.hook |
|
673 | " pretxnchangegroup.acl = python:hgext.acl.hook" | |
526 | "\n" |
|
674 | msgstr "" | |
|
675 | ||||
|
676 | msgid "" | |||
527 | " [acl]\n" |
|
677 | " [acl]\n" | |
528 | " # Check whether the source of incoming changes is in this list\n" |
|
678 | " # Check whether the source of incoming changes is in this list\n" | |
529 | " # (\"serve\" == ssh or http, \"push\", \"pull\", \"bundle\")\n" |
|
679 | " # (\"serve\" == ssh or http, \"push\", \"pull\", \"bundle\")\n" | |
530 |
" sources = serve |
|
680 | " sources = serve" | |
531 | "\n" |
|
681 | msgstr "" | |
|
682 | ||||
|
683 | msgid "" | |||
532 | "The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob\n" |
|
684 | "The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob\n" | |
533 | "syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the\n" |
|
685 | "syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the\n" | |
534 | "corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list\n" |
|
686 | "corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list\n" | |
535 |
"is. :: |
|
687 | "is. ::" | |
536 | "\n" |
|
688 | msgstr "" | |
|
689 | ||||
|
690 | msgid "" | |||
537 | " [acl.allow]\n" |
|
691 | " [acl.allow]\n" | |
538 | " # If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.\n" |
|
692 | " # If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.\n" | |
539 | " # An empty acl.allow section means no users allowed.\n" |
|
693 | " # An empty acl.allow section means no users allowed.\n" | |
540 | " docs/** = doc_writer\n" |
|
694 | " docs/** = doc_writer\n" | |
541 |
" .hgtags = release_engineer |
|
695 | " .hgtags = release_engineer" | |
542 | "\n" |
|
696 | msgstr "" | |
|
697 | ||||
|
698 | msgid "" | |||
543 | " [acl.deny]\n" |
|
699 | " [acl.deny]\n" | |
544 | " # If acl.deny is not present, no users are refused by default.\n" |
|
700 | " # If acl.deny is not present, no users are refused by default.\n" | |
545 | " # An empty acl.deny section means all users allowed.\n" |
|
701 | " # An empty acl.deny section means all users allowed.\n" | |
@@ -555,38 +711,47 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
555 | msgid "acl: access denied for changeset %s" |
|
711 | msgid "acl: access denied for changeset %s" | |
556 | msgstr "" |
|
712 | msgstr "" | |
557 |
|
713 | |||
558 | msgid "" |
|
714 | msgid "track a line of development with movable markers" | |
559 | "track a line of development with movable markers\n" |
|
715 | msgstr "" | |
560 | "\n" |
|
716 | ||
|
717 | msgid "" | |||
561 | "Bookmarks are local movable markers to changesets. Every bookmark\n" |
|
718 | "Bookmarks are local movable markers to changesets. Every bookmark\n" | |
562 | "points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a\n" |
|
719 | "points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a\n" | |
563 | "changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the\n" |
|
720 | "changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the\n" | |
564 |
"bookmark shifts to the new changeset. |
|
721 | "bookmark shifts to the new changeset." | |
565 | "\n" |
|
722 | msgstr "" | |
|
723 | ||||
|
724 | msgid "" | |||
566 | "It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg\n" |
|
725 | "It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg\n" | |
567 |
"merge, hg update). |
|
726 | "merge, hg update)." | |
568 | "\n" |
|
727 | msgstr "" | |
|
728 | ||||
|
729 | msgid "" | |||
569 | "By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they\n" |
|
730 | "By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they\n" | |
570 | "will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more\n" |
|
731 | "will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more\n" | |
571 | "git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to\n" |
|
732 | "git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to\n" | |
572 |
"your .hgrc:: |
|
733 | "your .hgrc::" | |
573 | "\n" |
|
734 | msgstr "" | |
|
735 | ||||
|
736 | msgid "" | |||
574 | " [bookmarks]\n" |
|
737 | " [bookmarks]\n" | |
575 |
" track.current = True |
|
738 | " track.current = True" | |
576 | "\n" |
|
739 | msgstr "" | |
|
740 | ||||
|
741 | msgid "" | |||
577 | "This will cause Mercurial to track the bookmark that you are currently\n" |
|
742 | "This will cause Mercurial to track the bookmark that you are currently\n" | |
578 | "using, and only update it. This is similar to git's approach to\n" |
|
743 | "using, and only update it. This is similar to git's approach to\n" | |
579 | "branching.\n" |
|
744 | "branching.\n" | |
580 | msgstr "" |
|
745 | msgstr "" | |
581 |
|
746 | |||
582 | msgid "" |
|
747 | msgid "" | |
583 | "track a line of development with movable markers\n" |
|
|||
584 | "\n" |
|
|||
585 | " Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when\n" |
|
748 | " Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when\n" | |
586 | " committing. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and\n" |
|
749 | " committing. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and\n" | |
587 | " deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in 'hg merge' and\n" |
|
750 | " deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in 'hg merge' and\n" | |
588 |
" 'hg update' to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark. |
|
751 | " 'hg update' to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark." | |
589 | "\n" |
|
752 | msgstr "" | |
|
753 | ||||
|
754 | msgid "" | |||
590 | " You can use 'hg bookmark NAME' to set a bookmark on the working\n" |
|
755 | " You can use 'hg bookmark NAME' to set a bookmark on the working\n" | |
591 | " directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify\n" |
|
756 | " directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify\n" | |
592 | " a revision using -r REV (where REV may be an existing bookmark),\n" |
|
757 | " a revision using -r REV (where REV may be an existing bookmark),\n" | |
@@ -627,117 +792,171 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
627 | msgid "hg bookmarks [-f] [-d] [-m NAME] [-r REV] [NAME]" |
|
792 | msgid "hg bookmarks [-f] [-d] [-m NAME] [-r REV] [NAME]" | |
628 | msgstr "" |
|
793 | msgstr "" | |
629 |
|
794 | |||
630 | msgid "" |
|
795 | msgid "hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker" | |
631 | "hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker\n" |
|
796 | msgstr "" | |
632 | "\n" |
|
797 | ||
|
798 | msgid "" | |||
633 | "This hook extension adds comments on bugs in Bugzilla when changesets\n" |
|
799 | "This hook extension adds comments on bugs in Bugzilla when changesets\n" | |
634 | "that refer to bugs by Bugzilla ID are seen. The hook does not change\n" |
|
800 | "that refer to bugs by Bugzilla ID are seen. The hook does not change\n" | |
635 |
"bug status. |
|
801 | "bug status." | |
636 | "\n" |
|
802 | msgstr "" | |
|
803 | ||||
|
804 | msgid "" | |||
637 | "The hook updates the Bugzilla database directly. Only Bugzilla\n" |
|
805 | "The hook updates the Bugzilla database directly. Only Bugzilla\n" | |
638 |
"installations using MySQL are supported. |
|
806 | "installations using MySQL are supported." | |
639 | "\n" |
|
807 | msgstr "" | |
|
808 | ||||
|
809 | msgid "" | |||
640 | "The hook relies on a Bugzilla script to send bug change notification\n" |
|
810 | "The hook relies on a Bugzilla script to send bug change notification\n" | |
641 | "emails. That script changes between Bugzilla versions; the\n" |
|
811 | "emails. That script changes between Bugzilla versions; the\n" | |
642 | "'processmail' script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and\n" |
|
812 | "'processmail' script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and\n" | |
643 | "subsequent versions by 'config/sendbugmail.pl'. Note that these will\n" |
|
813 | "subsequent versions by 'config/sendbugmail.pl'. Note that these will\n" | |
644 | "be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to\n" |
|
814 | "be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to\n" | |
645 |
"ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately. |
|
815 | "ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately." | |
646 | "\n" |
|
816 | msgstr "" | |
|
817 | ||||
|
818 | msgid "" | |||
647 | "The extension is configured through three different configuration\n" |
|
819 | "The extension is configured through three different configuration\n" | |
648 |
"sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section: |
|
820 | "sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section:" | |
649 | "\n" |
|
821 | msgstr "" | |
|
822 | ||||
|
823 | msgid "" | |||
650 | "host\n" |
|
824 | "host\n" | |
651 |
" Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database. |
|
825 | " Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database." | |
652 | "\n" |
|
826 | msgstr "" | |
|
827 | ||||
|
828 | msgid "" | |||
653 | "db\n" |
|
829 | "db\n" | |
654 |
" Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'. |
|
830 | " Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'." | |
655 | "\n" |
|
831 | msgstr "" | |
|
832 | ||||
|
833 | msgid "" | |||
656 | "user\n" |
|
834 | "user\n" | |
657 |
" Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'. |
|
835 | " Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'." | |
658 | "\n" |
|
836 | msgstr "" | |
|
837 | ||||
|
838 | msgid "" | |||
659 | "password\n" |
|
839 | "password\n" | |
660 |
" Password to use to access MySQL server. |
|
840 | " Password to use to access MySQL server." | |
661 | "\n" |
|
841 | msgstr "" | |
|
842 | ||||
|
843 | msgid "" | |||
662 | "timeout\n" |
|
844 | "timeout\n" | |
663 |
" Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5. |
|
845 | " Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5." | |
664 | "\n" |
|
846 | msgstr "" | |
|
847 | ||||
|
848 | msgid "" | |||
665 | "version\n" |
|
849 | "version\n" | |
666 | " Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,\n" |
|
850 | " Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,\n" | |
667 | " '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior\n" |
|
851 | " '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior\n" | |
668 |
" to 2.18. |
|
852 | " to 2.18." | |
669 | "\n" |
|
853 | msgstr "" | |
|
854 | ||||
|
855 | msgid "" | |||
670 | "bzuser\n" |
|
856 | "bzuser\n" | |
671 | " Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if changeset\n" |
|
857 | " Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if changeset\n" | |
672 |
" committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user. |
|
858 | " committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user." | |
673 | "\n" |
|
859 | msgstr "" | |
|
860 | ||||
|
861 | msgid "" | |||
674 | "bzdir\n" |
|
862 | "bzdir\n" | |
675 | " Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default\n" |
|
863 | " Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default\n" | |
676 |
" '/var/www/html/bugzilla'. |
|
864 | " '/var/www/html/bugzilla'." | |
677 | "\n" |
|
865 | msgstr "" | |
|
866 | ||||
|
867 | msgid "" | |||
678 | "notify\n" |
|
868 | "notify\n" | |
679 | " The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification\n" |
|
869 | " The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification\n" | |
680 | " emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)\n" |
|
870 | " emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)\n" | |
681 | " and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;\n" |
|
871 | " and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;\n" | |
682 | " from 2.18 it is \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl\n" |
|
872 | " from 2.18 it is \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl\n" | |
683 |
" %(id)s %(user)s\". |
|
873 | " %(id)s %(user)s\"." | |
684 | "\n" |
|
874 | msgstr "" | |
|
875 | ||||
|
876 | msgid "" | |||
685 | "regexp\n" |
|
877 | "regexp\n" | |
686 | " Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.\n" |
|
878 | " Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.\n" | |
687 | " Must contain one \"()\" group. The default expression matches 'Bug\n" |
|
879 | " Must contain one \"()\" group. The default expression matches 'Bug\n" | |
688 | " 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug\n" |
|
880 | " 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug\n" | |
689 |
" 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive. |
|
881 | " 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive." | |
690 | "\n" |
|
882 | msgstr "" | |
|
883 | ||||
|
884 | msgid "" | |||
691 | "style\n" |
|
885 | "style\n" | |
692 |
" The style file to use when formatting comments. |
|
886 | " The style file to use when formatting comments." | |
693 | "\n" |
|
887 | msgstr "" | |
|
888 | ||||
|
889 | msgid "" | |||
694 | "template\n" |
|
890 | "template\n" | |
695 | " Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides style if\n" |
|
891 | " Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides style if\n" | |
696 | " specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial keywords, the\n" |
|
892 | " specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial keywords, the\n" | |
697 |
" extension specifies:: |
|
893 | " extension specifies::" | |
698 | "\n" |
|
894 | msgstr "" | |
|
895 | ||||
|
896 | msgid "" | |||
699 | " {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.\n" |
|
897 | " {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.\n" | |
700 | " {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n" |
|
898 | " {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n" | |
701 | " {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n" |
|
899 | " {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n" | |
702 |
" {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. |
|
900 | " {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories." | |
703 | "\n" |
|
901 | msgstr "" | |
|
902 | ||||
|
903 | msgid "" | |||
704 | " Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n" |
|
904 | " Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n" | |
705 |
" 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}' |
|
905 | " 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'" | |
706 | "\n" |
|
906 | msgstr "" | |
|
907 | ||||
|
908 | msgid "" | |||
707 | "strip\n" |
|
909 | "strip\n" | |
708 | " The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root} to produce\n" |
|
910 | " The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root} to produce\n" | |
709 |
" {webroot}. Default 0. |
|
911 | " {webroot}. Default 0." | |
710 | "\n" |
|
912 | msgstr "" | |
|
913 | ||||
|
914 | msgid "" | |||
711 | "usermap\n" |
|
915 | "usermap\n" | |
712 | " Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla user ID\n" |
|
916 | " Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla user ID\n" | |
713 | " mappings. If specified, the file should contain one mapping per\n" |
|
917 | " mappings. If specified, the file should contain one mapping per\n" | |
714 |
" line, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the [usermap] section. |
|
918 | " line, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the [usermap] section." | |
715 | "\n" |
|
919 | msgstr "" | |
|
920 | ||||
|
921 | msgid "" | |||
716 | "The [usermap] section is used to specify mappings of Mercurial\n" |
|
922 | "The [usermap] section is used to specify mappings of Mercurial\n" | |
717 | "committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.\n" |
|
923 | "committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.\n" | |
718 |
"\"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\" |
|
924 | "\"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\"" | |
719 | "\n" |
|
925 | msgstr "" | |
720 | "Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:\n" |
|
926 | ||
721 | "\n" |
|
927 | msgid "Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:" | |
|
928 | msgstr "" | |||
|
929 | ||||
|
930 | msgid "" | |||
722 | "baseurl\n" |
|
931 | "baseurl\n" | |
723 | " Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from\n" |
|
932 | " Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from\n" | |
724 |
" templates as {hgweb}. |
|
933 | " templates as {hgweb}." | |
725 | "\n" |
|
934 | msgstr "" | |
726 | "Activating the extension::\n" |
|
935 | ||
727 | "\n" |
|
936 | msgid "Activating the extension::" | |
|
937 | msgstr "" | |||
|
938 | ||||
|
939 | msgid "" | |||
728 | " [extensions]\n" |
|
940 | " [extensions]\n" | |
729 |
" bugzilla = |
|
941 | " bugzilla =" | |
730 | "\n" |
|
942 | msgstr "" | |
|
943 | ||||
|
944 | msgid "" | |||
731 | " [hooks]\n" |
|
945 | " [hooks]\n" | |
732 | " # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here\n" |
|
946 | " # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here\n" | |
733 |
" incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook |
|
947 | " incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook" | |
734 | "\n" |
|
948 | msgstr "" | |
735 | "Example configuration:\n" |
|
949 | ||
736 | "\n" |
|
950 | msgid "Example configuration:" | |
|
951 | msgstr "" | |||
|
952 | ||||
|
953 | msgid "" | |||
737 | "This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial\n" |
|
954 | "This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial\n" | |
738 | "repositories in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2\n" |
|
955 | "repositories in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2\n" | |
739 |
"installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. :: |
|
956 | "installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. ::" | |
740 | "\n" |
|
957 | msgstr "" | |
|
958 | ||||
|
959 | msgid "" | |||
741 | " [bugzilla]\n" |
|
960 | " [bugzilla]\n" | |
742 | " host=localhost\n" |
|
961 | " host=localhost\n" | |
743 | " password=XYZZY\n" |
|
962 | " password=XYZZY\n" | |
@@ -747,20 +966,28 b' msgid ""' | |||||
747 | " template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\n" |
|
966 | " template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\n" | |
748 | " {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\n" |
|
967 | " {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\n" | |
749 | " {desc}\\n\n" |
|
968 | " {desc}\\n\n" | |
750 |
" strip=5 |
|
969 | " strip=5" | |
751 | "\n" |
|
970 | msgstr "" | |
|
971 | ||||
|
972 | msgid "" | |||
752 | " [web]\n" |
|
973 | " [web]\n" | |
753 |
" baseurl=http://dev.domain.com/hg |
|
974 | " baseurl=http://dev.domain.com/hg" | |
754 | "\n" |
|
975 | msgstr "" | |
|
976 | ||||
|
977 | msgid "" | |||
755 | " [usermap]\n" |
|
978 | " [usermap]\n" | |
756 |
" user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com |
|
979 | " user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com" | |
757 | "\n" |
|
980 | msgstr "" | |
758 | "Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::\n" |
|
981 | ||
759 | "\n" |
|
982 | msgid "Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::" | |
|
983 | msgstr "" | |||
|
984 | ||||
|
985 | msgid "" | |||
760 | " Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.\n" |
|
986 | " Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.\n" | |
761 |
" http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642 |
|
987 | " http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642" | |
762 | "\n" |
|
988 | msgstr "" | |
763 | " Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.\n" |
|
989 | ||
|
990 | msgid " Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.\n" | |||
764 | msgstr "" |
|
991 | msgstr "" | |
765 |
|
992 | |||
766 | #, python-format |
|
993 | #, python-format | |
@@ -837,9 +1064,10 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
837 | msgid "command to display child changesets" |
|
1064 | msgid "command to display child changesets" | |
838 | msgstr "" |
|
1065 | msgstr "" | |
839 |
|
1066 | |||
840 | msgid "" |
|
1067 | msgid "show the children of the given or working directory revision" | |
841 | "show the children of the given or working directory revision\n" |
|
1068 | msgstr "" | |
842 | "\n" |
|
1069 | ||
|
1070 | msgid "" | |||
843 | " Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a\n" |
|
1071 | " Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a\n" | |
844 | " revision is given via -r/--rev, the children of that revision will\n" |
|
1072 | " revision is given via -r/--rev, the children of that revision will\n" | |
845 | " be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the\n" |
|
1073 | " be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the\n" | |
@@ -865,38 +1093,55 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
865 | msgid "generating stats: %d%%" |
|
1093 | msgid "generating stats: %d%%" | |
866 | msgstr "" |
|
1094 | msgstr "" | |
867 |
|
1095 | |||
868 | msgid "" |
|
1096 | msgid "histogram of changes to the repository" | |
869 | "histogram of changes to the repository\n" |
|
1097 | msgstr "" | |
870 | "\n" |
|
1098 | ||
|
1099 | msgid "" | |||
871 | " This command will display a histogram representing the number\n" |
|
1100 | " This command will display a histogram representing the number\n" | |
872 | " of changed lines or revisions, grouped according to the given\n" |
|
1101 | " of changed lines or revisions, grouped according to the given\n" | |
873 | " template. The default template will group changes by author.\n" |
|
1102 | " template. The default template will group changes by author.\n" | |
874 | " The --dateformat option may be used to group the results by\n" |
|
1103 | " The --dateformat option may be used to group the results by\n" | |
875 |
" date instead. |
|
1104 | " date instead." | |
876 | "\n" |
|
1105 | msgstr "" | |
|
1106 | ||||
|
1107 | msgid "" | |||
877 | " Statistics are based on the number of changed lines, or\n" |
|
1108 | " Statistics are based on the number of changed lines, or\n" | |
878 | " alternatively the number of matching revisions if the\n" |
|
1109 | " alternatively the number of matching revisions if the\n" | |
879 |
" --changesets option is specified. |
|
1110 | " --changesets option is specified." | |
880 | "\n" |
|
1111 | msgstr "" | |
881 | " Examples::\n" |
|
1112 | ||
882 | "\n" |
|
1113 | msgid " Examples::" | |
|
1114 | msgstr "" | |||
|
1115 | ||||
|
1116 | msgid "" | |||
883 | " # display count of changed lines for every committer\n" |
|
1117 | " # display count of changed lines for every committer\n" | |
884 |
" hg churn -t '{author|email}' |
|
1118 | " hg churn -t '{author|email}'" | |
885 | "\n" |
|
1119 | msgstr "" | |
|
1120 | ||||
|
1121 | msgid "" | |||
886 | " # display daily activity graph\n" |
|
1122 | " # display daily activity graph\n" | |
887 |
" hg churn -f '%H' -s -c |
|
1123 | " hg churn -f '%H' -s -c" | |
888 | "\n" |
|
1124 | msgstr "" | |
|
1125 | ||||
|
1126 | msgid "" | |||
889 | " # display activity of developers by month\n" |
|
1127 | " # display activity of developers by month\n" | |
890 |
" hg churn -f '%Y-%m' -s -c |
|
1128 | " hg churn -f '%Y-%m' -s -c" | |
891 | "\n" |
|
1129 | msgstr "" | |
|
1130 | ||||
|
1131 | msgid "" | |||
892 | " # display count of lines changed in every year\n" |
|
1132 | " # display count of lines changed in every year\n" | |
893 |
" hg churn -f '%Y' -s |
|
1133 | " hg churn -f '%Y' -s" | |
894 | "\n" |
|
1134 | msgstr "" | |
|
1135 | ||||
|
1136 | msgid "" | |||
895 | " It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address\n" |
|
1137 | " It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address\n" | |
896 |
" by providing a file using the following format:: |
|
1138 | " by providing a file using the following format::" | |
897 | "\n" |
|
1139 | msgstr "" | |
898 | " <alias email> <actual email>\n" |
|
1140 | ||
899 | "\n" |
|
1141 | msgid " <alias email> <actual email>" | |
|
1142 | msgstr "" | |||
|
1143 | ||||
|
1144 | msgid "" | |||
900 | " Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise\n" |
|
1145 | " Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise\n" | |
901 | " a .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.\n" |
|
1146 | " a .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.\n" | |
902 | " " |
|
1147 | " " | |
@@ -929,38 +1174,50 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
929 | msgid "hg churn [-d DATE] [-r REV] [--aliases FILE] [--progress] [FILE]" |
|
1174 | msgid "hg churn [-d DATE] [-r REV] [--aliases FILE] [--progress] [FILE]" | |
930 | msgstr "" |
|
1175 | msgstr "" | |
931 |
|
1176 | |||
932 | msgid "" |
|
1177 | msgid "colorize output from some commands" | |
933 | "colorize output from some commands\n" |
|
1178 | msgstr "" | |
934 | "\n" |
|
1179 | ||
|
1180 | msgid "" | |||
935 | "This extension modifies the status command to add color to its output\n" |
|
1181 | "This extension modifies the status command to add color to its output\n" | |
936 | "to reflect file status, the qseries command to add color to reflect\n" |
|
1182 | "to reflect file status, the qseries command to add color to reflect\n" | |
937 | "patch status (applied, unapplied, missing), and to diff-related\n" |
|
1183 | "patch status (applied, unapplied, missing), and to diff-related\n" | |
938 | "commands to highlight additions, removals, diff headers, and trailing\n" |
|
1184 | "commands to highlight additions, removals, diff headers, and trailing\n" | |
939 |
"whitespace. |
|
1185 | "whitespace." | |
940 | "\n" |
|
1186 | msgstr "" | |
|
1187 | ||||
|
1188 | msgid "" | |||
941 | "Other effects in addition to color, like bold and underlined text, are\n" |
|
1189 | "Other effects in addition to color, like bold and underlined text, are\n" | |
942 | "also available. Effects are rendered with the ECMA-48 SGR control\n" |
|
1190 | "also available. Effects are rendered with the ECMA-48 SGR control\n" | |
943 | "function (aka ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the\n" |
|
1191 | "function (aka ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the\n" | |
944 |
"render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text. |
|
1192 | "render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text." | |
945 | "\n" |
|
1193 | msgstr "" | |
946 | "Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::\n" |
|
1194 | ||
947 | "\n" |
|
1195 | msgid "Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::" | |
|
1196 | msgstr "" | |||
|
1197 | ||||
|
1198 | msgid "" | |||
948 | " [color]\n" |
|
1199 | " [color]\n" | |
949 | " status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n" |
|
1200 | " status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n" | |
950 | " status.added = green bold\n" |
|
1201 | " status.added = green bold\n" | |
951 | " status.removed = red bold blue_background\n" |
|
1202 | " status.removed = red bold blue_background\n" | |
952 | " status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n" |
|
1203 | " status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n" | |
953 | " status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n" |
|
1204 | " status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n" | |
954 |
" status.ignored = black bold |
|
1205 | " status.ignored = black bold" | |
955 | "\n" |
|
1206 | msgstr "" | |
|
1207 | ||||
|
1208 | msgid "" | |||
956 | " # 'none' turns off all effects\n" |
|
1209 | " # 'none' turns off all effects\n" | |
957 | " status.clean = none\n" |
|
1210 | " status.clean = none\n" | |
958 |
" status.copied = none |
|
1211 | " status.copied = none" | |
959 | "\n" |
|
1212 | msgstr "" | |
|
1213 | ||||
|
1214 | msgid "" | |||
960 | " qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n" |
|
1215 | " qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n" | |
961 | " qseries.unapplied = black bold\n" |
|
1216 | " qseries.unapplied = black bold\n" | |
962 |
" qseries.missing = red bold |
|
1217 | " qseries.missing = red bold" | |
963 | "\n" |
|
1218 | msgstr "" | |
|
1219 | ||||
|
1220 | msgid "" | |||
964 | " diff.diffline = bold\n" |
|
1221 | " diff.diffline = bold\n" | |
965 | " diff.extended = cyan bold\n" |
|
1222 | " diff.extended = cyan bold\n" | |
966 | " diff.file_a = red bold\n" |
|
1223 | " diff.file_a = red bold\n" | |
@@ -985,11 +1242,13 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
985 | msgid "import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into Mercurial" |
|
1242 | msgid "import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into Mercurial" | |
986 | msgstr "" |
|
1243 | msgstr "" | |
987 |
|
1244 | |||
988 | msgid "" |
|
1245 | msgid "convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one." | |
989 | "convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one.\n" |
|
1246 | msgstr "" | |
990 | "\n" |
|
1247 | ||
991 |
" Accepted source formats [identifiers]: |
|
1248 | msgid " Accepted source formats [identifiers]:" | |
992 | "\n" |
|
1249 | msgstr "" | |
|
1250 | ||||
|
1251 | msgid "" | |||
993 | " - Mercurial [hg]\n" |
|
1252 | " - Mercurial [hg]\n" | |
994 | " - CVS [cvs]\n" |
|
1253 | " - CVS [cvs]\n" | |
995 | " - Darcs [darcs]\n" |
|
1254 | " - Darcs [darcs]\n" | |
@@ -998,72 +1257,103 b' msgid ""' | |||||
998 | " - Monotone [mtn]\n" |
|
1257 | " - Monotone [mtn]\n" | |
999 | " - GNU Arch [gnuarch]\n" |
|
1258 | " - GNU Arch [gnuarch]\n" | |
1000 | " - Bazaar [bzr]\n" |
|
1259 | " - Bazaar [bzr]\n" | |
1001 |
" - Perforce [p4] |
|
1260 | " - Perforce [p4]" | |
1002 | "\n" |
|
1261 | msgstr "" | |
1003 | " Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:\n" |
|
1262 | ||
1004 | "\n" |
|
1263 | msgid " Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:" | |
|
1264 | msgstr "" | |||
|
1265 | ||||
|
1266 | msgid "" | |||
1005 | " - Mercurial [hg]\n" |
|
1267 | " - Mercurial [hg]\n" | |
1006 |
" - Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved) |
|
1268 | " - Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)" | |
1007 | "\n" |
|
1269 | msgstr "" | |
|
1270 | ||||
|
1271 | msgid "" | |||
1008 | " If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted.\n" |
|
1272 | " If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted.\n" | |
1009 | " Otherwise, convert will only import up to the named revision\n" |
|
1273 | " Otherwise, convert will only import up to the named revision\n" | |
1010 |
" (given in a format understood by the source). |
|
1274 | " (given in a format understood by the source)." | |
1011 | "\n" |
|
1275 | msgstr "" | |
|
1276 | ||||
|
1277 | msgid "" | |||
1012 | " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" |
|
1278 | " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |
1013 | " basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination\n" |
|
1279 | " basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination\n" | |
1014 |
" repository doesn't exist, it will be created. |
|
1280 | " repository doesn't exist, it will be created." | |
1015 | "\n" |
|
1281 | msgstr "" | |
|
1282 | ||||
|
1283 | msgid "" | |||
1016 | " By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort.\n" |
|
1284 | " By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort.\n" | |
1017 | " Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers\n" |
|
1285 | " Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers\n" | |
1018 |
" order. Sort modes have the following effects: |
|
1286 | " order. Sort modes have the following effects:" | |
1019 | "\n" |
|
1287 | msgstr "" | |
|
1288 | ||||
|
1289 | msgid "" | |||
1020 | " --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible,\n" |
|
1290 | " --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible,\n" | |
1021 | " which means branches are usually converted one after\n" |
|
1291 | " which means branches are usually converted one after\n" | |
1022 |
" the other. It generates more compact repositories. |
|
1292 | " the other. It generates more compact repositories." | |
1023 | "\n" |
|
1293 | msgstr "" | |
|
1294 | ||||
|
1295 | msgid "" | |||
1024 | " --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have\n" |
|
1296 | " --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have\n" | |
1025 | " good-looking changelogs but are often an order of\n" |
|
1297 | " good-looking changelogs but are often an order of\n" | |
1026 | " magnitude larger than the same ones generated by\n" |
|
1298 | " magnitude larger than the same ones generated by\n" | |
1027 |
" --branchsort. |
|
1299 | " --branchsort." | |
1028 | "\n" |
|
1300 | msgstr "" | |
|
1301 | ||||
|
1302 | msgid "" | |||
1029 | " --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only\n" |
|
1303 | " --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only\n" | |
1030 |
" supported by Mercurial sources. |
|
1304 | " supported by Mercurial sources." | |
1031 | "\n" |
|
1305 | msgstr "" | |
|
1306 | ||||
|
1307 | msgid "" | |||
1032 | " If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location\n" |
|
1308 | " If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location\n" | |
1033 | " (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file\n" |
|
1309 | " (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file\n" | |
1034 | " that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that\n" |
|
1310 | " that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that\n" | |
1035 |
" revision, like so:: |
|
1311 | " revision, like so::" | |
1036 | "\n" |
|
1312 | msgstr "" | |
1037 | " <source ID> <destination ID>\n" |
|
1313 | ||
1038 | "\n" |
|
1314 | msgid " <source ID> <destination ID>" | |
|
1315 | msgstr "" | |||
|
1316 | ||||
|
1317 | msgid "" | |||
1039 | " If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's\n" |
|
1318 | " If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's\n" | |
1040 | " updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted\n" |
|
1319 | " updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted\n" | |
1041 |
" and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits. |
|
1320 | " and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits." | |
1042 | "\n" |
|
1321 | msgstr "" | |
|
1322 | ||||
|
1323 | msgid "" | |||
1043 | " The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each\n" |
|
1324 | " The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each\n" | |
1044 | " source commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy\n" |
|
1325 | " source commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy\n" | |
1045 | " for source SCMs that use unix logins to identify authors (eg:\n" |
|
1326 | " for source SCMs that use unix logins to identify authors (eg:\n" | |
1046 | " CVS). One line per author mapping and the line format is:\n" |
|
1327 | " CVS). One line per author mapping and the line format is:\n" | |
1047 |
" srcauthor=whatever string you want |
|
1328 | " srcauthor=whatever string you want" | |
1048 | "\n" |
|
1329 | msgstr "" | |
|
1330 | ||||
|
1331 | msgid "" | |||
1049 | " The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files\n" |
|
1332 | " The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files\n" | |
1050 | " and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can\n" |
|
1333 | " and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can\n" | |
1051 |
" contain one of the following directives:: |
|
1334 | " contain one of the following directives::" | |
1052 | "\n" |
|
1335 | msgstr "" | |
1053 | " include path/to/file\n" |
|
1336 | ||
1054 | "\n" |
|
1337 | msgid " include path/to/file" | |
1055 | " exclude path/to/file\n" |
|
1338 | msgstr "" | |
1056 | "\n" |
|
1339 | ||
1057 | " rename from/file to/file\n" |
|
1340 | msgid " exclude path/to/file" | |
1058 | "\n" |
|
1341 | msgstr "" | |
|
1342 | ||||
|
1343 | msgid " rename from/file to/file" | |||
|
1344 | msgstr "" | |||
|
1345 | ||||
|
1346 | msgid "" | |||
1059 | " The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a\n" |
|
1347 | " The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a\n" | |
1060 | " directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the\n" |
|
1348 | " directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the\n" | |
1061 | " exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly\n" |
|
1349 | " exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly\n" | |
1062 | " included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to\n" |
|
1350 | " included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to\n" | |
1063 | " be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To\n" |
|
1351 | " be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To\n" | |
1064 | " rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use\n" |
|
1352 | " rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use\n" | |
1065 |
" '.' as the path to rename to. |
|
1353 | " '.' as the path to rename to." | |
1066 | "\n" |
|
1354 | msgstr "" | |
|
1355 | ||||
|
1356 | msgid "" | |||
1067 | " The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic\n" |
|
1357 | " The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic\n" | |
1068 | " history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is\n" |
|
1358 | " history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is\n" | |
1069 | " useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or\n" |
|
1359 | " useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or\n" | |
@@ -1073,8 +1363,10 b' msgid ""' | |||||
1073 | " revision control system whose parents should be modified (same\n" |
|
1363 | " revision control system whose parents should be modified (same\n" | |
1074 | " format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision IDs\n" |
|
1364 | " format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision IDs\n" | |
1075 | " (in either the source or destination revision control system) that\n" |
|
1365 | " (in either the source or destination revision control system) that\n" | |
1076 |
" should be used as the new parents for that node. |
|
1366 | " should be used as the new parents for that node." | |
1077 | "\n" |
|
1367 | msgstr "" | |
|
1368 | ||||
|
1369 | msgid "" | |||
1078 | " The branchmap is a file that allows you to rename a branch when it is\n" |
|
1370 | " The branchmap is a file that allows you to rename a branch when it is\n" | |
1079 | " being brought in from whatever external repository. When used in\n" |
|
1371 | " being brought in from whatever external repository. When used in\n" | |
1080 | " conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination\n" |
|
1372 | " conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination\n" | |
@@ -1084,11 +1376,15 b' msgid ""' | |||||
1084 | " \"original_branch_name\" is the name of the branch in the source\n" |
|
1376 | " \"original_branch_name\" is the name of the branch in the source\n" | |
1085 | " repository, and \"new_branch_name\" is the name of the branch is the\n" |
|
1377 | " repository, and \"new_branch_name\" is the name of the branch is the\n" | |
1086 | " destination repository. This can be used to (for instance) move code\n" |
|
1378 | " destination repository. This can be used to (for instance) move code\n" | |
1087 |
" in one repository from \"default\" to a named branch. |
|
1379 | " in one repository from \"default\" to a named branch." | |
1088 | "\n" |
|
1380 | msgstr "" | |
|
1381 | ||||
|
1382 | msgid "" | |||
1089 | " Mercurial Source\n" |
|
1383 | " Mercurial Source\n" | |
1090 |
" ---------------- |
|
1384 | " ----------------" | |
1091 | "\n" |
|
1385 | msgstr "" | |
|
1386 | ||||
|
1387 | msgid "" | |||
1092 | " --config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)\n" |
|
1388 | " --config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)\n" | |
1093 | " ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial\n" |
|
1389 | " ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial\n" | |
1094 | " repositories with missing revlogs, by converting from and to\n" |
|
1390 | " repositories with missing revlogs, by converting from and to\n" | |
@@ -1097,11 +1393,15 b' msgid ""' | |||||
1097 | " store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to\n" |
|
1393 | " store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to\n" | |
1098 | " change)\n" |
|
1394 | " change)\n" | |
1099 | " --config convert.hg.startrev=0 (hg revision identifier)\n" |
|
1395 | " --config convert.hg.startrev=0 (hg revision identifier)\n" | |
1100 |
" convert start revision and its descendants |
|
1396 | " convert start revision and its descendants" | |
1101 | "\n" |
|
1397 | msgstr "" | |
|
1398 | ||||
|
1399 | msgid "" | |||
1102 | " CVS Source\n" |
|
1400 | " CVS Source\n" | |
1103 |
" ---------- |
|
1401 | " ----------" | |
1104 | "\n" |
|
1402 | msgstr "" | |
|
1403 | ||||
|
1404 | msgid "" | |||
1105 | " CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS\n" |
|
1405 | " CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS\n" | |
1106 | " to indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct\n" |
|
1406 | " to indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct\n" | |
1107 | " access to the repository files is not needed, unless of course the\n" |
|
1407 | " access to the repository files is not needed, unless of course the\n" | |
@@ -1110,10 +1410,13 b' msgid ""' | |||||
1110 | " commands to find files to convert. This means that unless a\n" |
|
1410 | " commands to find files to convert. This means that unless a\n" | |
1111 | " filemap is given, all files under the starting directory will be\n" |
|
1411 | " filemap is given, all files under the starting directory will be\n" | |
1112 | " converted, and that any directory reorganization in the CVS\n" |
|
1412 | " converted, and that any directory reorganization in the CVS\n" | |
1113 |
" sandbox is ignored. |
|
1413 | " sandbox is ignored." | |
1114 | "\n" |
|
1414 | msgstr "" | |
1115 | " The options shown are the defaults.\n" |
|
1415 | ||
1116 | "\n" |
|
1416 | msgid " The options shown are the defaults." | |
|
1417 | msgstr "" | |||
|
1418 | ||||
|
1419 | msgid "" | |||
1117 | " --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)\n" |
|
1420 | " --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)\n" | |
1118 | " Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and\n" |
|
1421 | " Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and\n" | |
1119 | " debugging purposes.\n" |
|
1422 | " debugging purposes.\n" | |
@@ -1131,16 +1434,22 b' msgid ""' | |||||
1131 | " Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n" |
|
1434 | " Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n" | |
1132 | " matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n" |
|
1435 | " matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n" | |
1133 | " add the most recent revision on the branch indicated in the\n" |
|
1436 | " add the most recent revision on the branch indicated in the\n" | |
1134 |
" regex as the second parent of the changeset. |
|
1437 | " regex as the second parent of the changeset." | |
1135 | "\n" |
|
1438 | msgstr "" | |
|
1439 | ||||
|
1440 | msgid "" | |||
1136 | " An additional \"debugcvsps\" Mercurial command allows the builtin\n" |
|
1441 | " An additional \"debugcvsps\" Mercurial command allows the builtin\n" | |
1137 | " changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its\n" |
|
1442 | " changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its\n" | |
1138 | " parameters and output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1. Please see\n" |
|
1443 | " parameters and output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1. Please see\n" | |
1139 |
" the command help for more details. |
|
1444 | " the command help for more details." | |
1140 | "\n" |
|
1445 | msgstr "" | |
|
1446 | ||||
|
1447 | msgid "" | |||
1141 | " Subversion Source\n" |
|
1448 | " Subversion Source\n" | |
1142 |
" ----------------- |
|
1449 | " -----------------" | |
1143 | "\n" |
|
1450 | msgstr "" | |
|
1451 | ||||
|
1452 | msgid "" | |||
1144 | " Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts.\n" |
|
1453 | " Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts.\n" | |
1145 | " By default, the supplied \"svn://repo/path/\" source URL is\n" |
|
1454 | " By default, the supplied \"svn://repo/path/\" source URL is\n" | |
1146 | " converted as a single branch. If \"svn://repo/path/trunk\" exists it\n" |
|
1455 | " converted as a single branch. If \"svn://repo/path/trunk\" exists it\n" | |
@@ -1150,58 +1459,80 b' msgid ""' | |||||
1150 | " converted branches. Default \"trunk\", \"branches\" and \"tags\" values\n" |
|
1459 | " converted branches. Default \"trunk\", \"branches\" and \"tags\" values\n" | |
1151 | " can be overridden with following options. Set them to paths\n" |
|
1460 | " can be overridden with following options. Set them to paths\n" | |
1152 | " relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable auto\n" |
|
1461 | " relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable auto\n" | |
1153 |
" detection. |
|
1462 | " detection." | |
1154 | "\n" |
|
1463 | msgstr "" | |
|
1464 | ||||
|
1465 | msgid "" | |||
1155 | " --config convert.svn.branches=branches (directory name)\n" |
|
1466 | " --config convert.svn.branches=branches (directory name)\n" | |
1156 | " specify the directory containing branches\n" |
|
1467 | " specify the directory containing branches\n" | |
1157 | " --config convert.svn.tags=tags (directory name)\n" |
|
1468 | " --config convert.svn.tags=tags (directory name)\n" | |
1158 | " specify the directory containing tags\n" |
|
1469 | " specify the directory containing tags\n" | |
1159 | " --config convert.svn.trunk=trunk (directory name)\n" |
|
1470 | " --config convert.svn.trunk=trunk (directory name)\n" | |
1160 |
" specify the name of the trunk branch |
|
1471 | " specify the name of the trunk branch" | |
1161 | "\n" |
|
1472 | msgstr "" | |
|
1473 | ||||
|
1474 | msgid "" | |||
1162 | " Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision,\n" |
|
1475 | " Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision,\n" | |
1163 | " instead of being integrally converted. Only single branch\n" |
|
1476 | " instead of being integrally converted. Only single branch\n" | |
1164 |
" conversions are supported. |
|
1477 | " conversions are supported." | |
1165 | "\n" |
|
1478 | msgstr "" | |
|
1479 | ||||
|
1480 | msgid "" | |||
1166 | " --config convert.svn.startrev=0 (svn revision number)\n" |
|
1481 | " --config convert.svn.startrev=0 (svn revision number)\n" | |
1167 |
" specify start Subversion revision. |
|
1482 | " specify start Subversion revision." | |
1168 | "\n" |
|
1483 | msgstr "" | |
|
1484 | ||||
|
1485 | msgid "" | |||
1169 | " Perforce Source\n" |
|
1486 | " Perforce Source\n" | |
1170 |
" --------------- |
|
1487 | " ---------------" | |
1171 | "\n" |
|
1488 | msgstr "" | |
|
1489 | ||||
|
1490 | msgid "" | |||
1172 | " The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a\n" |
|
1491 | " The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a\n" | |
1173 | " client specification as source. It will convert all files in the\n" |
|
1492 | " client specification as source. It will convert all files in the\n" | |
1174 | " source to a flat Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches\n" |
|
1493 | " source to a flat Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches\n" | |
1175 | " and integrations. Note that when a depot path is given you then\n" |
|
1494 | " and integrations. Note that when a depot path is given you then\n" | |
1176 | " usually should specify a target directory, because otherwise the\n" |
|
1495 | " usually should specify a target directory, because otherwise the\n" | |
1177 |
" target may be named ...-hg. |
|
1496 | " target may be named ...-hg." | |
1178 | "\n" |
|
1497 | msgstr "" | |
|
1498 | ||||
|
1499 | msgid "" | |||
1179 | " It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be\n" |
|
1500 | " It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be\n" | |
1180 |
" converted by specifying an initial Perforce revision. |
|
1501 | " converted by specifying an initial Perforce revision." | |
1181 | "\n" |
|
1502 | msgstr "" | |
|
1503 | ||||
|
1504 | msgid "" | |||
1182 | " --config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)\n" |
|
1505 | " --config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)\n" | |
1183 |
" specify initial Perforce revision. |
|
1506 | " specify initial Perforce revision." | |
1184 | "\n" |
|
1507 | msgstr "" | |
|
1508 | ||||
|
1509 | msgid "" | |||
1185 | " Mercurial Destination\n" |
|
1510 | " Mercurial Destination\n" | |
1186 |
" --------------------- |
|
1511 | " ---------------------" | |
1187 | "\n" |
|
1512 | msgstr "" | |
|
1513 | ||||
|
1514 | msgid "" | |||
1188 | " --config convert.hg.clonebranches=False (boolean)\n" |
|
1515 | " --config convert.hg.clonebranches=False (boolean)\n" | |
1189 | " dispatch source branches in separate clones.\n" |
|
1516 | " dispatch source branches in separate clones.\n" | |
1190 | " --config convert.hg.tagsbranch=default (branch name)\n" |
|
1517 | " --config convert.hg.tagsbranch=default (branch name)\n" | |
1191 | " tag revisions branch name\n" |
|
1518 | " tag revisions branch name\n" | |
1192 | " --config convert.hg.usebranchnames=True (boolean)\n" |
|
1519 | " --config convert.hg.usebranchnames=True (boolean)\n" | |
1193 |
" preserve branch names |
|
1520 | " preserve branch names" | |
1194 | "\n" |
|
1521 | msgstr "" | |
1195 | " " |
|
1522 | ||
1196 |
msg |
|
1523 | msgid " " | |
1197 |
|
1524 | msgstr "" | ||
1198 | msgid "" |
|
1525 | ||
1199 |
"create changeset information from CVS |
|
1526 | msgid "create changeset information from CVS" | |
1200 | "\n" |
|
1527 | msgstr "" | |
|
1528 | ||||
|
1529 | msgid "" | |||
1201 | " This command is intended as a debugging tool for the CVS to\n" |
|
1530 | " This command is intended as a debugging tool for the CVS to\n" | |
1202 | " Mercurial converter, and can be used as a direct replacement for\n" |
|
1531 | " Mercurial converter, and can be used as a direct replacement for\n" | |
1203 |
" cvsps. |
|
1532 | " cvsps." | |
1204 | "\n" |
|
1533 | msgstr "" | |
|
1534 | ||||
|
1535 | msgid "" | |||
1205 | " Hg debugcvsps reads the CVS rlog for current directory (or any\n" |
|
1536 | " Hg debugcvsps reads the CVS rlog for current directory (or any\n" | |
1206 | " named directory) in the CVS repository, and converts the log to a\n" |
|
1537 | " named directory) in the CVS repository, and converts the log to a\n" | |
1207 | " series of changesets based on matching commit log entries and\n" |
|
1538 | " series of changesets based on matching commit log entries and\n" | |
@@ -1274,9 +1605,7 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
1274 | msgid "hg debugcvsps [OPTION]... [PATH]..." |
|
1605 | msgid "hg debugcvsps [OPTION]... [PATH]..." | |
1275 | msgstr "" |
|
1606 | msgstr "" | |
1276 |
|
1607 | |||
1277 | msgid "" |
|
1608 | msgid "warning: lightweight checkouts may cause conversion failures, try with a regular branch instead.\n" | |
1278 | "warning: lightweight checkouts may cause conversion failures, try with a " |
|
|||
1279 | "regular branch instead.\n" |
|
|||
1280 | msgstr "" |
|
1609 | msgstr "" | |
1281 |
|
1610 | |||
1282 | msgid "bzr source type could not be determined\n" |
|
1611 | msgid "bzr source type could not be determined\n" | |
@@ -1388,8 +1717,7 b' msgid "CVS pserver authentication failed' | |||||
1388 | msgstr "" |
|
1717 | msgstr "" | |
1389 |
|
1718 | |||
1390 | #, python-format |
|
1719 | #, python-format | |
1391 | msgid "" |
|
1720 | msgid "unexpected response from CVS server (expected \"Valid-requests\", but got %r)" | |
1392 | "unexpected response from CVS server (expected \"Valid-requests\", but got %r)" |
|
|||
1393 | msgstr "" |
|
1721 | msgstr "" | |
1394 |
|
1722 | |||
1395 | #, python-format |
|
1723 | #, python-format | |
@@ -1495,8 +1823,7 b' msgid "analyzing tree version %s...\\n"' | |||||
1495 | msgstr "" |
|
1823 | msgstr "" | |
1496 |
|
1824 | |||
1497 | #, python-format |
|
1825 | #, python-format | |
1498 | msgid "" |
|
1826 | msgid "tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n" | |
1499 | "tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n" |
|
|||
1500 | msgstr "" |
|
1827 | msgstr "" | |
1501 |
|
1828 | |||
1502 | #, python-format |
|
1829 | #, python-format | |
@@ -1628,37 +1955,50 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
1628 | msgid "XXX TAGS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n" |
|
1955 | msgid "XXX TAGS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n" | |
1629 | msgstr "" |
|
1956 | msgstr "" | |
1630 |
|
1957 | |||
1631 | msgid "" |
|
1958 | msgid "command to allow external programs to compare revisions" | |
1632 | "command to allow external programs to compare revisions\n" |
|
1959 | msgstr "" | |
1633 | "\n" |
|
1960 | ||
|
1961 | msgid "" | |||
1634 | "The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs\n" |
|
1962 | "The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs\n" | |
1635 | "to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external\n" |
|
1963 | "to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external\n" | |
1636 | "diff programs are called with a configurable set of options and two\n" |
|
1964 | "diff programs are called with a configurable set of options and two\n" | |
1637 | "non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of\n" |
|
1965 | "non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of\n" | |
1638 |
"files to compare. |
|
1966 | "files to compare." | |
1639 | "\n" |
|
1967 | msgstr "" | |
|
1968 | ||||
|
1969 | msgid "" | |||
1640 | "The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n" |
|
1970 | "The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n" | |
1641 |
"you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always. :: |
|
1971 | "you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always. ::" | |
1642 | "\n" |
|
1972 | msgstr "" | |
|
1973 | ||||
|
1974 | msgid "" | |||
1643 | " [extdiff]\n" |
|
1975 | " [extdiff]\n" | |
1644 | " # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode\n" |
|
1976 | " # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode\n" | |
1645 | " cdiff = gdiff -Nprc5\n" |
|
1977 | " cdiff = gdiff -Nprc5\n" | |
1646 | " ## or the old way:\n" |
|
1978 | " ## or the old way:\n" | |
1647 | " #cmd.cdiff = gdiff\n" |
|
1979 | " #cmd.cdiff = gdiff\n" | |
1648 |
" #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5 |
|
1980 | " #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5" | |
1649 | "\n" |
|
1981 | msgstr "" | |
|
1982 | ||||
|
1983 | msgid "" | |||
1650 | " # add new command called vdiff, runs kdiff3\n" |
|
1984 | " # add new command called vdiff, runs kdiff3\n" | |
1651 |
" vdiff = kdiff3 |
|
1985 | " vdiff = kdiff3" | |
1652 | "\n" |
|
1986 | msgstr "" | |
|
1987 | ||||
|
1988 | msgid "" | |||
1653 | " # add new command called meld, runs meld (no need to name twice)\n" |
|
1989 | " # add new command called meld, runs meld (no need to name twice)\n" | |
1654 |
" meld = |
|
1990 | " meld =" | |
1655 | "\n" |
|
1991 | msgstr "" | |
|
1992 | ||||
|
1993 | msgid "" | |||
1656 | " # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin\n" |
|
1994 | " # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin\n" | |
1657 | " # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non\n" |
|
1995 | " # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non\n" | |
1658 | " # English user, be sure to put \"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1\" in\n" |
|
1996 | " # English user, be sure to put \"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1\" in\n" | |
1659 | " # your .vimrc\n" |
|
1997 | " # your .vimrc\n" | |
1660 |
" vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)' |
|
1998 | " vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'" | |
1661 | "\n" |
|
1999 | msgstr "" | |
|
2000 | ||||
|
2001 | msgid "" | |||
1662 | "You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal \"hg\n" |
|
2002 | "You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal \"hg\n" | |
1663 | "diff\" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed\n" |
|
2003 | "diff\" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed\n" | |
1664 | "files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty\n" |
|
2004 | "files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty\n" | |
@@ -1679,18 +2019,23 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
1679 | msgid "cleaning up temp directory\n" |
|
2019 | msgid "cleaning up temp directory\n" | |
1680 | msgstr "" |
|
2020 | msgstr "" | |
1681 |
|
2021 | |||
1682 | msgid "" |
|
2022 | msgid "use external program to diff repository (or selected files)" | |
1683 | "use external program to diff repository (or selected files)\n" |
|
2023 | msgstr "" | |
1684 | "\n" |
|
2024 | ||
|
2025 | msgid "" | |||
1685 | " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n" |
|
2026 | " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n" | |
1686 | " an external program. The default program used is diff, with\n" |
|
2027 | " an external program. The default program used is diff, with\n" | |
1687 |
" default options \"-Npru\". |
|
2028 | " default options \"-Npru\"." | |
1688 | "\n" |
|
2029 | msgstr "" | |
|
2030 | ||||
|
2031 | msgid "" | |||
1689 | " To select a different program, use the -p/--program option. The\n" |
|
2032 | " To select a different program, use the -p/--program option. The\n" | |
1690 | " program will be passed the names of two directories to compare. To\n" |
|
2033 | " program will be passed the names of two directories to compare. To\n" | |
1691 | " pass additional options to the program, use -o/--option. These\n" |
|
2034 | " pass additional options to the program, use -o/--option. These\n" | |
1692 |
" will be passed before the names of the directories to compare. |
|
2035 | " will be passed before the names of the directories to compare." | |
1693 | "\n" |
|
2036 | msgstr "" | |
|
2037 | ||||
|
2038 | msgid "" | |||
1694 | " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n" |
|
2039 | " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n" | |
1695 | " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n" |
|
2040 | " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n" | |
1696 | " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n" |
|
2041 | " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n" | |
@@ -1711,17 +2056,20 b' msgid "hg extdiff [OPT]... [FILE]..."' | |||||
1711 | msgstr "" |
|
2056 | msgstr "" | |
1712 |
|
2057 | |||
1713 | #, python-format |
|
2058 | #, python-format | |
1714 | msgid "" |
|
2059 | msgid "use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)" | |
1715 | "use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)\n" |
|
2060 | msgstr "" | |
1716 | "\n" |
|
2061 | ||
|
2062 | #, python-format | |||
|
2063 | msgid "" | |||
1717 | " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the\n" |
|
2064 | " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the\n" | |
1718 |
" %(path)s program. |
|
2065 | " %(path)s program." | |
1719 | "\n" |
|
2066 | msgstr "" | |
|
2067 | ||||
|
2068 | #, python-format | |||
|
2069 | msgid "" | |||
1720 | " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between\n" |
|
2070 | " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between\n" | |
1721 | " those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision " |
|
2071 | " those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is\n" | |
1722 | "is\n" |
|
2072 | " compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,\n" | |
1723 | " compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are " |
|
|||
1724 | "specified,\n" |
|
|||
1725 | " the working directory files are compared to its parent." |
|
2073 | " the working directory files are compared to its parent." | |
1726 | msgstr "" |
|
2074 | msgstr "" | |
1727 |
|
2075 | |||
@@ -1732,28 +2080,34 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
1732 | msgid "pull, update and merge in one command" |
|
2080 | msgid "pull, update and merge in one command" | |
1733 | msgstr "" |
|
2081 | msgstr "" | |
1734 |
|
2082 | |||
1735 | msgid "" |
|
2083 | msgid "pull changes from a remote repository, merge new changes if needed." | |
1736 | "pull changes from a remote repository, merge new changes if needed.\n" |
|
2084 | msgstr "" | |
1737 | "\n" |
|
2085 | ||
|
2086 | msgid "" | |||
1738 | " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n" |
|
2087 | " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n" | |
1739 |
" or URL and adds them to the local repository. |
|
2088 | " or URL and adds them to the local repository." | |
1740 | "\n" |
|
2089 | msgstr "" | |
|
2090 | ||||
|
2091 | msgid "" | |||
1741 | " If the pulled changes add a new branch head, the head is\n" |
|
2092 | " If the pulled changes add a new branch head, the head is\n" | |
1742 | " automatically merged, and the result of the merge is committed.\n" |
|
2093 | " automatically merged, and the result of the merge is committed.\n" | |
1743 | " Otherwise, the working directory is updated to include the new\n" |
|
2094 | " Otherwise, the working directory is updated to include the new\n" | |
1744 |
" changes. |
|
2095 | " changes." | |
1745 | "\n" |
|
2096 | msgstr "" | |
|
2097 | ||||
|
2098 | msgid "" | |||
1746 | " When a merge occurs, the newly pulled changes are assumed to be\n" |
|
2099 | " When a merge occurs, the newly pulled changes are assumed to be\n" | |
1747 | " \"authoritative\". The head of the new changes is used as the first\n" |
|
2100 | " \"authoritative\". The head of the new changes is used as the first\n" | |
1748 | " parent, with local changes as the second. To switch the merge\n" |
|
2101 | " parent, with local changes as the second. To switch the merge\n" | |
1749 |
" order, use --switch-parent. |
|
2102 | " order, use --switch-parent." | |
1750 | "\n" |
|
2103 | msgstr "" | |
|
2104 | ||||
|
2105 | msgid "" | |||
1751 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
2106 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" | |
1752 | " " |
|
2107 | " " | |
1753 | msgstr "" |
|
2108 | msgstr "" | |
1754 |
|
2109 | |||
1755 | msgid "" |
|
2110 | msgid "working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)" | |
1756 | "working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)" |
|
|||
1757 | msgstr "" |
|
2111 | msgstr "" | |
1758 |
|
2112 | |||
1759 | msgid "outstanding uncommitted merge" |
|
2113 | msgid "outstanding uncommitted merge" | |
@@ -1765,23 +2119,18 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
1765 | msgid "working directory is missing some files" |
|
2119 | msgid "working directory is missing some files" | |
1766 | msgstr "" |
|
2120 | msgstr "" | |
1767 |
|
2121 | |||
1768 | msgid "" |
|
2122 | msgid "multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)" | |
1769 | "multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)" |
|
|||
1770 | msgstr "" |
|
2123 | msgstr "" | |
1771 |
|
2124 | |||
1772 | #, python-format |
|
2125 | #, python-format | |
1773 | msgid "pulling from %s\n" |
|
2126 | msgid "pulling from %s\n" | |
1774 | msgstr "" |
|
2127 | msgstr "" | |
1775 |
|
2128 | |||
1776 | msgid "" |
|
2129 | msgid "Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be specified." | |
1777 | "Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be " |
|
2130 | msgstr "" | |
1778 | "specified." |
|
2131 | ||
1779 | msgstr "" |
|
2132 | #, python-format | |
1780 |
|
2133 | msgid "not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge them)\n" | ||
1781 | #, python-format |
|
|||
1782 | msgid "" |
|
|||
1783 | "not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge" |
|
|||
1784 | "\" to merge them)\n" |
|
|||
1785 | msgstr "" |
|
2134 | msgstr "" | |
1786 |
|
2135 | |||
1787 | #, python-format |
|
2136 | #, python-format | |
@@ -1843,14 +2192,12 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
1843 | msgid "No valid signature for %s\n" |
|
2192 | msgid "No valid signature for %s\n" | |
1844 | msgstr "" |
|
2193 | msgstr "" | |
1845 |
|
2194 | |||
1846 | msgid "" |
|
2195 | msgid "add a signature for the current or given revision" | |
1847 | "add a signature for the current or given revision\n" |
|
2196 | msgstr "" | |
1848 | "\n" |
|
2197 | ||
|
2198 | msgid "" | |||
1849 | " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n" |
|
2199 | " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n" | |
1850 |
" or tip if no revision is checked out. |
|
2200 | " or tip if no revision is checked out." | |
1851 | "\n" |
|
|||
1852 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
|||
1853 | " " |
|
|||
1854 | msgstr "" |
|
2201 | msgstr "" | |
1855 |
|
2202 | |||
1856 | msgid "uncommitted merge - please provide a specific revision" |
|
2203 | msgid "uncommitted merge - please provide a specific revision" | |
@@ -1859,9 +2206,7 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
1859 | msgid "Error while signing" |
|
2206 | msgid "Error while signing" | |
1860 | msgstr "" |
|
2207 | msgstr "" | |
1861 |
|
2208 | |||
1862 | msgid "" |
|
2209 | msgid "working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --force)" | |
1863 | "working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --" |
|
|||
1864 | "force)" |
|
|||
1865 | msgstr "" |
|
2210 | msgstr "" | |
1866 |
|
2211 | |||
1867 | msgid "unknown signature version" |
|
2212 | msgid "unknown signature version" | |
@@ -1891,9 +2236,10 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
1891 | msgid "hg sigs" |
|
2236 | msgid "hg sigs" | |
1892 | msgstr "" |
|
2237 | msgstr "" | |
1893 |
|
2238 | |||
1894 | msgid "" |
|
2239 | msgid "command to view revision graphs from a shell" | |
1895 | "command to view revision graphs from a shell\n" |
|
2240 | msgstr "" | |
1896 | "\n" |
|
2241 | ||
|
2242 | msgid "" | |||
1897 | "This extension adds a --graph option to the incoming, outgoing and log\n" |
|
2243 | "This extension adds a --graph option to the incoming, outgoing and log\n" | |
1898 | "commands. When this options is given, an ASCII representation of the\n" |
|
2244 | "commands. When this options is given, an ASCII representation of the\n" | |
1899 | "revision graph is also shown.\n" |
|
2245 | "revision graph is also shown.\n" | |
@@ -1903,12 +2249,15 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
1903 | msgid "--graph option is incompatible with --%s" |
|
2249 | msgid "--graph option is incompatible with --%s" | |
1904 | msgstr "" |
|
2250 | msgstr "" | |
1905 |
|
2251 | |||
1906 | msgid "" |
|
2252 | msgid "show revision history alongside an ASCII revision graph" | |
1907 | "show revision history alongside an ASCII revision graph\n" |
|
2253 | msgstr "" | |
1908 | "\n" |
|
2254 | ||
|
2255 | msgid "" | |||
1909 | " Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with\n" |
|
2256 | " Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with\n" | |
1910 |
" ASCII characters. |
|
2257 | " ASCII characters." | |
1911 | "\n" |
|
2258 | msgstr "" | |
|
2259 | ||||
|
2260 | msgid "" | |||
1912 | " Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n" |
|
2261 | " Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n" | |
1913 | " directory.\n" |
|
2262 | " directory.\n" | |
1914 | " " |
|
2263 | " " | |
@@ -1936,12 +2285,15 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
1936 | msgid "hg glog [OPTION]... [FILE]" |
|
2285 | msgid "hg glog [OPTION]... [FILE]" | |
1937 | msgstr "" |
|
2286 | msgstr "" | |
1938 |
|
2287 | |||
1939 | msgid "" |
|
2288 | msgid "hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service" | |
1940 | "hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service\n" |
|
2289 | msgstr "" | |
1941 | "\n" |
|
2290 | ||
|
2291 | msgid "" | |||
1942 | "This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook. To\n" |
|
2292 | "This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook. To\n" | |
1943 |
"configure it, set the following options in your hgrc:: |
|
2293 | "configure it, set the following options in your hgrc::" | |
1944 | "\n" |
|
2294 | msgstr "" | |
|
2295 | ||||
|
2296 | msgid "" | |||
1945 | " [cia]\n" |
|
2297 | " [cia]\n" | |
1946 | " # your registered CIA user name\n" |
|
2298 | " # your registered CIA user name\n" | |
1947 | " user = foo\n" |
|
2299 | " user = foo\n" | |
@@ -1961,13 +2313,17 b' msgid ""' | |||||
1961 | " # Make sure to set email.from if you do this.\n" |
|
2313 | " # Make sure to set email.from if you do this.\n" | |
1962 | " #url = http://cia.vc/\n" |
|
2314 | " #url = http://cia.vc/\n" | |
1963 | " # print message instead of sending it (optional)\n" |
|
2315 | " # print message instead of sending it (optional)\n" | |
1964 |
" #test = False |
|
2316 | " #test = False" | |
1965 | "\n" |
|
2317 | msgstr "" | |
|
2318 | ||||
|
2319 | msgid "" | |||
1966 | " [hooks]\n" |
|
2320 | " [hooks]\n" | |
1967 | " # one of these:\n" |
|
2321 | " # one of these:\n" | |
1968 | " changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n" |
|
2322 | " changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n" | |
1969 |
" #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook |
|
2323 | " #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook" | |
1970 | "\n" |
|
2324 | msgstr "" | |
|
2325 | ||||
|
2326 | msgid "" | |||
1971 | " [web]\n" |
|
2327 | " [web]\n" | |
1972 | " # If you want hyperlinks (optional)\n" |
|
2328 | " # If you want hyperlinks (optional)\n" | |
1973 | " baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n" |
|
2329 | " baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n" | |
@@ -1980,32 +2336,45 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
1980 | msgid "email.from must be defined when sending by email" |
|
2336 | msgid "email.from must be defined when sending by email" | |
1981 | msgstr "" |
|
2337 | msgstr "" | |
1982 |
|
2338 | |||
1983 | msgid "" |
|
2339 | msgid "browse the repository in a graphical way" | |
1984 | "browse the repository in a graphical way\n" |
|
2340 | msgstr "" | |
1985 | "\n" |
|
2341 | ||
|
2342 | msgid "" | |||
1986 | "The hgk extension allows browsing the history of a repository in a\n" |
|
2343 | "The hgk extension allows browsing the history of a repository in a\n" | |
1987 | "graphical way. It requires Tcl/Tk version 8.4 or later. (Tcl/Tk is not\n" |
|
2344 | "graphical way. It requires Tcl/Tk version 8.4 or later. (Tcl/Tk is not\n" | |
1988 |
"distributed with Mercurial.) |
|
2345 | "distributed with Mercurial.)" | |
1989 | "\n" |
|
2346 | msgstr "" | |
|
2347 | ||||
|
2348 | msgid "" | |||
1990 | "hgk consists of two parts: a Tcl script that does the displaying and\n" |
|
2349 | "hgk consists of two parts: a Tcl script that does the displaying and\n" | |
1991 | "querying of information, and an extension to Mercurial named hgk.py,\n" |
|
2350 | "querying of information, and an extension to Mercurial named hgk.py,\n" | |
1992 | "which provides hooks for hgk to get information. hgk can be found in\n" |
|
2351 | "which provides hooks for hgk to get information. hgk can be found in\n" | |
1993 | "the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext\n" |
|
2352 | "the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext\n" | |
1994 |
"repository, and needs to be enabled. |
|
2353 | "repository, and needs to be enabled." | |
1995 | "\n" |
|
2354 | msgstr "" | |
|
2355 | ||||
|
2356 | msgid "" | |||
1996 | "The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n" |
|
2357 | "The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n" | |
1997 | "to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify\n" |
|
2358 | "to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify\n" | |
1998 |
"the path to hgk in your .hgrc file:: |
|
2359 | "the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::" | |
1999 | "\n" |
|
2360 | msgstr "" | |
|
2361 | ||||
|
2362 | msgid "" | |||
2000 | " [hgk]\n" |
|
2363 | " [hgk]\n" | |
2001 |
" path=/location/of/hgk |
|
2364 | " path=/location/of/hgk" | |
2002 | "\n" |
|
2365 | msgstr "" | |
|
2366 | ||||
|
2367 | msgid "" | |||
2003 | "hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.\n" |
|
2368 | "hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.\n" | |
2004 |
"Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add:: |
|
2369 | "Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add::" | |
2005 | "\n" |
|
2370 | msgstr "" | |
|
2371 | ||||
|
2372 | msgid "" | |||
2006 | " [hgk]\n" |
|
2373 | " [hgk]\n" | |
2007 |
" vdiff=vdiff |
|
2374 | " vdiff=vdiff" | |
2008 | "\n" |
|
2375 | msgstr "" | |
|
2376 | ||||
|
2377 | msgid "" | |||
2009 | "Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire\n" |
|
2378 | "Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire\n" | |
2010 | "vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.\n" |
|
2379 | "vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.\n" | |
2011 | msgstr "" |
|
2380 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -2091,18 +2460,23 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
2091 | msgid "hg debug-rev-list [OPTION]... REV..." |
|
2460 | msgid "hg debug-rev-list [OPTION]... REV..." | |
2092 | msgstr "" |
|
2461 | msgstr "" | |
2093 |
|
2462 | |||
2094 | msgid "" |
|
2463 | msgid "syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)" | |
2095 | "syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)\n" |
|
2464 | msgstr "" | |
2096 | "\n" |
|
2465 | ||
|
2466 | msgid "" | |||
2097 | "It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:\n" |
|
2467 | "It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:\n" | |
2098 |
"http://pygments.org/ |
|
2468 | "http://pygments.org/" | |
2099 | "\n" |
|
2469 | msgstr "" | |
2100 | "There is a single configuration option::\n" |
|
2470 | ||
2101 | "\n" |
|
2471 | msgid "There is a single configuration option::" | |
|
2472 | msgstr "" | |||
|
2473 | ||||
|
2474 | msgid "" | |||
2102 | " [web]\n" |
|
2475 | " [web]\n" | |
2103 |
" pygments_style = <style> |
|
2476 | " pygments_style = <style>" | |
2104 | "\n" |
|
2477 | msgstr "" | |
2105 | "The default is 'colorful'.\n" |
|
2478 | ||
|
2479 | msgid "The default is 'colorful'.\n" | |||
2106 | msgstr "" |
|
2480 | msgstr "" | |
2107 |
|
2481 | |||
2108 | msgid "accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service" |
|
2482 | msgid "accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service" | |
@@ -2111,9 +2485,10 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
2111 | msgid "start an inotify server for this repository" |
|
2485 | msgid "start an inotify server for this repository" | |
2112 | msgstr "" |
|
2486 | msgstr "" | |
2113 |
|
2487 | |||
2114 | msgid "" |
|
2488 | msgid "debugging information for inotify extension" | |
2115 | "debugging information for inotify extension\n" |
|
2489 | msgstr "" | |
2116 | "\n" |
|
2490 | ||
|
2491 | msgid "" | |||
2117 | " Prints the list of directories being watched by the inotify server.\n" |
|
2492 | " Prints the list of directories being watched by the inotify server.\n" | |
2118 | " " |
|
2493 | " " | |
2119 | msgstr "" |
|
2494 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -2269,20 +2644,24 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
2269 | msgid "finished setup\n" |
|
2644 | msgid "finished setup\n" | |
2270 | msgstr "" |
|
2645 | msgstr "" | |
2271 |
|
2646 | |||
2272 | msgid "" |
|
2647 | msgid "expand expressions into changelog and summaries" | |
2273 | "expand expressions into changelog and summaries\n" |
|
2648 | msgstr "" | |
2274 | "\n" |
|
2649 | ||
|
2650 | msgid "" | |||
2275 | "This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries, which\n" |
|
2651 | "This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries, which\n" | |
2276 | "will be automatically expanded into links or any other arbitrary\n" |
|
2652 | "will be automatically expanded into links or any other arbitrary\n" | |
2277 |
"expression, much like InterWiki does. |
|
2653 | "expression, much like InterWiki does." | |
2278 | "\n" |
|
2654 | msgstr "" | |
|
2655 | ||||
|
2656 | msgid "" | |||
2279 | "A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used\n" |
|
2657 | "A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used\n" | |
2280 |
"in your hgrc:: |
|
2658 | "in your hgrc::" | |
2281 | "\n" |
|
2659 | msgstr "" | |
|
2660 | ||||
|
2661 | msgid "" | |||
2282 | " [interhg]\n" |
|
2662 | " [interhg]\n" | |
2283 | " issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href=\"http://bts/issue\\1\">issue\\1</a>!\n" |
|
2663 | " issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href=\"http://bts/issue\\1\">issue\\1</a>!\n" | |
2284 | " bugzilla = s!((?:bug|b=|(?=#?\\d{4,}))(?:\\s*#?)(\\d+))!<a..=\\2\">\\1</a>!" |
|
2664 | " bugzilla = s!((?:bug|b=|(?=#?\\d{4,}))(?:\\s*#?)(\\d+))!<a..=\\2\">\\1</a>!i\n" | |
2285 | "i\n" |
|
|||
2286 | " boldify = s!(^|\\s)#(\\d+)\\b! <b>#\\2</b>!\n" |
|
2665 | " boldify = s!(^|\\s)#(\\d+)\\b! <b>#\\2</b>!\n" | |
2287 | msgstr "" |
|
2666 | msgstr "" | |
2288 |
|
2667 | |||
@@ -2294,52 +2673,76 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
2294 | msgid "interhg: invalid regexp for %s: %s\n" |
|
2673 | msgid "interhg: invalid regexp for %s: %s\n" | |
2295 | msgstr "" |
|
2674 | msgstr "" | |
2296 |
|
2675 | |||
2297 | msgid "" |
|
2676 | msgid "expand keywords in tracked files" | |
2298 | "expand keywords in tracked files\n" |
|
2677 | msgstr "" | |
2299 | "\n" |
|
2678 | ||
|
2679 | msgid "" | |||
2300 | "This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$ in\n" |
|
2680 | "This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$ in\n" | |
2301 |
"tracked text files selected by your configuration. |
|
2681 | "tracked text files selected by your configuration." | |
2302 | "\n" |
|
2682 | msgstr "" | |
|
2683 | ||||
|
2684 | msgid "" | |||
2303 | "Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the\n" |
|
2685 | "Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the\n" | |
2304 | "change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the\n" |
|
2686 | "change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the\n" | |
2305 |
"current user or for archive distribution. |
|
2687 | "current user or for archive distribution." | |
2306 | "\n" |
|
2688 | msgstr "" | |
|
2689 | ||||
|
2690 | msgid "" | |||
2307 | "Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of\n" |
|
2691 | "Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of\n" | |
2308 |
"hgrc files. |
|
2692 | "hgrc files." | |
2309 | "\n" |
|
2693 | msgstr "" | |
2310 | "Example::\n" |
|
2694 | ||
2311 | "\n" |
|
2695 | msgid "Example::" | |
|
2696 | msgstr "" | |||
|
2697 | ||||
|
2698 | msgid "" | |||
2312 | " [keyword]\n" |
|
2699 | " [keyword]\n" | |
2313 | " # expand keywords in every python file except those matching \"x*\"\n" |
|
2700 | " # expand keywords in every python file except those matching \"x*\"\n" | |
2314 | " **.py =\n" |
|
2701 | " **.py =\n" | |
2315 |
" x* = ignore |
|
2702 | " x* = ignore" | |
2316 | "\n" |
|
2703 | msgstr "" | |
|
2704 | ||||
|
2705 | msgid "" | |||
2317 | "NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you\n" |
|
2706 | "NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you\n" | |
2318 |
"lose speed in huge repositories. |
|
2707 | "lose speed in huge repositories." | |
2319 | "\n" |
|
2708 | msgstr "" | |
|
2709 | ||||
|
2710 | msgid "" | |||
2320 | "For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n" |
|
2711 | "For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n" | |
2321 | "control run \"hg kwdemo\". See \"hg help templates\" for a list of\n" |
|
2712 | "control run \"hg kwdemo\". See \"hg help templates\" for a list of\n" | |
2322 |
"available templates and filters. |
|
2713 | "available templates and filters." | |
2323 | "\n" |
|
2714 | msgstr "" | |
|
2715 | ||||
|
2716 | msgid "" | |||
2324 | "An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided. It\n" |
|
2717 | "An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided. It\n" | |
2325 |
"returns a date like \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\". |
|
2718 | "returns a date like \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\"." | |
2326 | "\n" |
|
2719 | msgstr "" | |
|
2720 | ||||
|
2721 | msgid "" | |||
2327 | "The default template mappings (view with \"hg kwdemo -d\") can be\n" |
|
2722 | "The default template mappings (view with \"hg kwdemo -d\") can be\n" | |
2328 | "replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run \"hg\n" |
|
2723 | "replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run \"hg\n" | |
2329 |
"kwdemo\" to control the results of your config changes. |
|
2724 | "kwdemo\" to control the results of your config changes." | |
2330 | "\n" |
|
2725 | msgstr "" | |
|
2726 | ||||
|
2727 | msgid "" | |||
2331 | "Before changing/disabling active keywords, run \"hg kwshrink\" to avoid\n" |
|
2728 | "Before changing/disabling active keywords, run \"hg kwshrink\" to avoid\n" | |
2332 | "the risk of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change\n" |
|
2729 | "the risk of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change\n" | |
2333 |
"history. |
|
2730 | "history." | |
2334 | "\n" |
|
2731 | msgstr "" | |
|
2732 | ||||
|
2733 | msgid "" | |||
2335 | "To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run\n" |
|
2734 | "To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run\n" | |
2336 |
"\"hg kwexpand\". |
|
2735 | "\"hg kwexpand\"." | |
2337 | "\n" |
|
2736 | msgstr "" | |
|
2737 | ||||
|
2738 | msgid "" | |||
2338 | "Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord,\n" |
|
2739 | "Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord,\n" | |
2339 | "be aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run \"hg kwexpand\" on\n" |
|
2740 | "be aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run \"hg kwexpand\" on\n" | |
2340 | "the files in question to update keyword expansions after all changes\n" |
|
2741 | "the files in question to update keyword expansions after all changes\n" | |
2341 |
"have been checked in. |
|
2742 | "have been checked in." | |
2342 | "\n" |
|
2743 | msgstr "" | |
|
2744 | ||||
|
2745 | msgid "" | |||
2343 | "Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,\n" |
|
2746 | "Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,\n" | |
2344 | "like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map \"Log =\n" |
|
2747 | "like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map \"Log =\n" | |
2345 | "{desc}\" expands to the first line of the changeset description.\n" |
|
2748 | "{desc}\" expands to the first line of the changeset description.\n" | |
@@ -2359,17 +2762,23 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
2359 | msgid "no [keyword] patterns configured" |
|
2762 | msgid "no [keyword] patterns configured" | |
2360 | msgstr "" |
|
2763 | msgstr "" | |
2361 |
|
2764 | |||
2362 | msgid "" |
|
2765 | msgid "print [keywordmaps] configuration and an expansion example" | |
2363 | "print [keywordmaps] configuration and an expansion example\n" |
|
2766 | msgstr "" | |
2364 | "\n" |
|
2767 | ||
|
2768 | msgid "" | |||
2365 | " Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their\n" |
|
2769 | " Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their\n" | |
2366 |
" expansions. |
|
2770 | " expansions." | |
2367 | "\n" |
|
2771 | msgstr "" | |
|
2772 | ||||
|
2773 | msgid "" | |||
2368 | " Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments\n" |
|
2774 | " Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments\n" | |
2369 |
" and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file. |
|
2775 | " and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file." | |
2370 | "\n" |
|
2776 | msgstr "" | |
2371 | " Use -d/--default to disable current configuration.\n" |
|
2777 | ||
2372 | "\n" |
|
2778 | msgid " Use -d/--default to disable current configuration." | |
|
2779 | msgstr "" | |||
|
2780 | ||||
|
2781 | msgid "" | |||
2373 | " See \"hg help templates\" for information on templates and filters.\n" |
|
2782 | " See \"hg help templates\" for information on templates and filters.\n" | |
2374 | " " |
|
2783 | " " | |
2375 | msgstr "" |
|
2784 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -2416,31 +2825,42 b' msgid ""' | |||||
2416 | "\tkeywords expanded\n" |
|
2825 | "\tkeywords expanded\n" | |
2417 | msgstr "" |
|
2826 | msgstr "" | |
2418 |
|
2827 | |||
2419 | msgid "" |
|
2828 | msgid "expand keywords in the working directory" | |
2420 | "expand keywords in the working directory\n" |
|
2829 | msgstr "" | |
2421 | "\n" |
|
2830 | ||
2422 |
" Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion. |
|
2831 | msgid " Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion." | |
2423 | "\n" |
|
2832 | msgstr "" | |
|
2833 | ||||
|
2834 | msgid "" | |||
2424 | " kwexpand refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n" |
|
2835 | " kwexpand refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n" | |
2425 | " " |
|
2836 | " " | |
2426 | msgstr "" |
|
2837 | msgstr "" | |
2427 |
|
2838 | |||
2428 | msgid "" |
|
2839 | msgid "show files configured for keyword expansion" | |
2429 | "show files configured for keyword expansion\n" |
|
2840 | msgstr "" | |
2430 | "\n" |
|
2841 | ||
|
2842 | msgid "" | |||
2431 | " List which files in the working directory are matched by the\n" |
|
2843 | " List which files in the working directory are matched by the\n" | |
2432 |
" [keyword] configuration patterns. |
|
2844 | " [keyword] configuration patterns." | |
2433 | "\n" |
|
2845 | msgstr "" | |
|
2846 | ||||
|
2847 | msgid "" | |||
2434 | " Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up\n" |
|
2848 | " Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up\n" | |
2435 | " execution by including only files that are actual candidates for\n" |
|
2849 | " execution by including only files that are actual candidates for\n" | |
2436 |
" expansion. |
|
2850 | " expansion." | |
2437 | "\n" |
|
2851 | msgstr "" | |
|
2852 | ||||
|
2853 | msgid "" | |||
2438 | " See \"hg help keyword\" on how to construct patterns both for\n" |
|
2854 | " See \"hg help keyword\" on how to construct patterns both for\n" | |
2439 |
" inclusion and exclusion of files. |
|
2855 | " inclusion and exclusion of files." | |
2440 | "\n" |
|
2856 | msgstr "" | |
|
2857 | ||||
|
2858 | msgid "" | |||
2441 | " With -A/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status\n" |
|
2859 | " With -A/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status\n" | |
2442 |
" of files are:: |
|
2860 | " of files are::" | |
2443 | "\n" |
|
2861 | msgstr "" | |
|
2862 | ||||
|
2863 | msgid "" | |||
2444 | " K = keyword expansion candidate\n" |
|
2864 | " K = keyword expansion candidate\n" | |
2445 | " k = keyword expansion candidate (not tracked)\n" |
|
2865 | " k = keyword expansion candidate (not tracked)\n" | |
2446 | " I = ignored\n" |
|
2866 | " I = ignored\n" | |
@@ -2448,12 +2868,15 b' msgid ""' | |||||
2448 | " " |
|
2868 | " " | |
2449 | msgstr "" |
|
2869 | msgstr "" | |
2450 |
|
2870 | |||
2451 | msgid "" |
|
2871 | msgid "revert expanded keywords in the working directory" | |
2452 | "revert expanded keywords in the working directory\n" |
|
2872 | msgstr "" | |
2453 | "\n" |
|
2873 | ||
|
2874 | msgid "" | |||
2454 | " Run before changing/disabling active keywords or if you experience\n" |
|
2875 | " Run before changing/disabling active keywords or if you experience\n" | |
2455 |
" problems with \"hg import\" or \"hg merge\". |
|
2876 | " problems with \"hg import\" or \"hg merge\"." | |
2456 | "\n" |
|
2877 | msgstr "" | |
|
2878 | ||||
|
2879 | msgid "" | |||
2457 | " kwshrink refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n" |
|
2880 | " kwshrink refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n" | |
2458 | " " |
|
2881 | " " | |
2459 | msgstr "" |
|
2882 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -2491,25 +2914,35 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
2491 | msgid "hg kwshrink [OPTION]... [FILE]..." |
|
2914 | msgid "hg kwshrink [OPTION]... [FILE]..." | |
2492 | msgstr "" |
|
2915 | msgstr "" | |
2493 |
|
2916 | |||
2494 | msgid "" |
|
2917 | msgid "manage a stack of patches" | |
2495 | "manage a stack of patches\n" |
|
2918 | msgstr "" | |
2496 | "\n" |
|
2919 | ||
|
2920 | msgid "" | |||
2497 | "This extension lets you work with a stack of patches in a Mercurial\n" |
|
2921 | "This extension lets you work with a stack of patches in a Mercurial\n" | |
2498 | "repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and\n" |
|
2922 | "repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and\n" | |
2499 |
"applied patches (subset of known patches). |
|
2923 | "applied patches (subset of known patches)." | |
2500 | "\n" |
|
2924 | msgstr "" | |
|
2925 | ||||
|
2926 | msgid "" | |||
2501 | "Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches\n" |
|
2927 | "Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches\n" | |
2502 |
"directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets. |
|
2928 | "directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets." | |
2503 | "\n" |
|
2929 | msgstr "" | |
2504 | "Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details)::\n" |
|
2930 | ||
2505 | "\n" |
|
2931 | msgid "Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details)::" | |
|
2932 | msgstr "" | |||
|
2933 | ||||
|
2934 | msgid "" | |||
2506 | " prepare repository to work with patches qinit\n" |
|
2935 | " prepare repository to work with patches qinit\n" | |
2507 | " create new patch qnew\n" |
|
2936 | " create new patch qnew\n" | |
2508 |
" import existing patch qimport |
|
2937 | " import existing patch qimport" | |
2509 | "\n" |
|
2938 | msgstr "" | |
|
2939 | ||||
|
2940 | msgid "" | |||
2510 | " print patch series qseries\n" |
|
2941 | " print patch series qseries\n" | |
2511 |
" print applied patches qapplied |
|
2942 | " print applied patches qapplied" | |
2512 | "\n" |
|
2943 | msgstr "" | |
|
2944 | ||||
|
2945 | msgid "" | |||
2513 | " add known patch to applied stack qpush\n" |
|
2946 | " add known patch to applied stack qpush\n" | |
2514 | " remove patch from applied stack qpop\n" |
|
2947 | " remove patch from applied stack qpop\n" | |
2515 | " refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh\n" |
|
2948 | " refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh\n" | |
@@ -2751,9 +3184,7 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
2751 | msgid "cannot refresh a revision with children" |
|
3184 | msgid "cannot refresh a revision with children" | |
2752 | msgstr "" |
|
3185 | msgstr "" | |
2753 |
|
3186 | |||
2754 | msgid "" |
|
3187 | msgid "refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to recover)\n" | |
2755 | "refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to " |
|
|||
2756 | "recover)\n" |
|
|||
2757 | msgstr "" |
|
3188 | msgstr "" | |
2758 |
|
3189 | |||
2759 | msgid "patch queue directory already exists" |
|
3190 | msgid "patch queue directory already exists" | |
@@ -2847,13 +3278,15 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
2847 | msgid "adding %s to series file\n" |
|
3278 | msgid "adding %s to series file\n" | |
2848 | msgstr "" |
|
3279 | msgstr "" | |
2849 |
|
3280 | |||
2850 | msgid "" |
|
3281 | msgid "remove patches from queue" | |
2851 | "remove patches from queue\n" |
|
3282 | msgstr "" | |
2852 | "\n" |
|
3283 | ||
2853 | " The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. " |
|
3284 | msgid "" | |
2854 | "With\n" |
|
3285 | " The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. With\n" | |
2855 |
" -k/--keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory. |
|
3286 | " -k/--keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory." | |
2856 | "\n" |
|
3287 | msgstr "" | |
|
3288 | ||||
|
3289 | msgid "" | |||
2857 | " To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,\n" |
|
3290 | " To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,\n" | |
2858 | " use the qfinish command." |
|
3291 | " use the qfinish command." | |
2859 | msgstr "" |
|
3292 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -2870,38 +3303,50 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
2870 | msgid "all patches applied\n" |
|
3303 | msgid "all patches applied\n" | |
2871 | msgstr "" |
|
3304 | msgstr "" | |
2872 |
|
3305 | |||
2873 | msgid "" |
|
3306 | msgid "import a patch" | |
2874 | "import a patch\n" |
|
3307 | msgstr "" | |
2875 | "\n" |
|
3308 | ||
|
3309 | msgid "" | |||
2876 | " The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied\n" |
|
3310 | " The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied\n" | |
2877 | " patch. If no patches have been applied, qimport prepends the patch\n" |
|
3311 | " patch. If no patches have been applied, qimport prepends the patch\n" | |
2878 |
" to the series. |
|
3312 | " to the series." | |
2879 | "\n" |
|
3313 | msgstr "" | |
|
3314 | ||||
|
3315 | msgid "" | |||
2880 | " The patch will have the same name as its source file unless you\n" |
|
3316 | " The patch will have the same name as its source file unless you\n" | |
2881 |
" give it a new one with -n/--name. |
|
3317 | " give it a new one with -n/--name." | |
2882 | "\n" |
|
3318 | msgstr "" | |
|
3319 | ||||
|
3320 | msgid "" | |||
2883 | " You can register an existing patch inside the patch directory with\n" |
|
3321 | " You can register an existing patch inside the patch directory with\n" | |
2884 |
" the -e/--existing flag. |
|
3322 | " the -e/--existing flag." | |
2885 | "\n" |
|
3323 | msgstr "" | |
|
3324 | ||||
|
3325 | msgid "" | |||
2886 | " With -f/--force, an existing patch of the same name will be\n" |
|
3326 | " With -f/--force, an existing patch of the same name will be\n" | |
2887 |
" overwritten. |
|
3327 | " overwritten." | |
2888 | "\n" |
|
3328 | msgstr "" | |
|
3329 | ||||
|
3330 | msgid "" | |||
2889 | " An existing changeset may be placed under mq control with -r/--rev\n" |
|
3331 | " An existing changeset may be placed under mq control with -r/--rev\n" | |
2890 | " (e.g. qimport --rev tip -n patch will place tip under mq control).\n" |
|
3332 | " (e.g. qimport --rev tip -n patch will place tip under mq control).\n" | |
2891 | " With -g/--git, patches imported with --rev will use the git diff\n" |
|
3333 | " With -g/--git, patches imported with --rev will use the git diff\n" | |
2892 | " format. See the diffs help topic for information on why this is\n" |
|
3334 | " format. See the diffs help topic for information on why this is\n" | |
2893 | " important for preserving rename/copy information and permission\n" |
|
3335 | " important for preserving rename/copy information and permission\n" | |
2894 |
" changes. |
|
3336 | " changes." | |
2895 | "\n" |
|
3337 | msgstr "" | |
|
3338 | ||||
|
3339 | msgid "" | |||
2896 | " To import a patch from standard input, pass - as the patch file.\n" |
|
3340 | " To import a patch from standard input, pass - as the patch file.\n" | |
2897 | " When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified\n" |
|
3341 | " When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified\n" | |
2898 | " using the --name flag.\n" |
|
3342 | " using the --name flag.\n" | |
2899 | " " |
|
3343 | " " | |
2900 | msgstr "" |
|
3344 | msgstr "" | |
2901 |
|
3345 | |||
2902 | msgid "" |
|
3346 | msgid "init a new queue repository" | |
2903 | "init a new queue repository\n" |
|
3347 | msgstr "" | |
2904 | "\n" |
|
3348 | ||
|
3349 | msgid "" | |||
2905 | " The queue repository is unversioned by default. If\n" |
|
3350 | " The queue repository is unversioned by default. If\n" | |
2906 | " -c/--create-repo is specified, qinit will create a separate nested\n" |
|
3351 | " -c/--create-repo is specified, qinit will create a separate nested\n" | |
2907 | " repository for patches (qinit -c may also be run later to convert\n" |
|
3352 | " repository for patches (qinit -c may also be run later to convert\n" | |
@@ -2909,18 +3354,23 b' msgid ""' | |||||
2909 | " qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository." |
|
3354 | " qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository." | |
2910 | msgstr "" |
|
3355 | msgstr "" | |
2911 |
|
3356 | |||
2912 | msgid "" |
|
3357 | msgid "clone main and patch repository at same time" | |
2913 | "clone main and patch repository at same time\n" |
|
3358 | msgstr "" | |
2914 | "\n" |
|
3359 | ||
|
3360 | msgid "" | |||
2915 | " If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If\n" |
|
3361 | " If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If\n" | |
2916 | " source is remote, this command can not check if patches are\n" |
|
3362 | " source is remote, this command can not check if patches are\n" | |
2917 | " applied in source, so cannot guarantee that patches are not\n" |
|
3363 | " applied in source, so cannot guarantee that patches are not\n" | |
2918 | " applied in destination. If you clone remote repository, be sure\n" |
|
3364 | " applied in destination. If you clone remote repository, be sure\n" | |
2919 |
" before that it has no patches applied. |
|
3365 | " before that it has no patches applied." | |
2920 | "\n" |
|
3366 | msgstr "" | |
|
3367 | ||||
|
3368 | msgid "" | |||
2921 | " Source patch repository is looked for in <src>/.hg/patches by\n" |
|
3369 | " Source patch repository is looked for in <src>/.hg/patches by\n" | |
2922 |
" default. Use -p <url> to change. |
|
3370 | " default. Use -p <url> to change." | |
2923 | "\n" |
|
3371 | msgstr "" | |
|
3372 | ||||
|
3373 | msgid "" | |||
2924 | " The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as\n" |
|
3374 | " The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as\n" | |
2925 | " would be created by qinit -c.\n" |
|
3375 | " would be created by qinit -c.\n" | |
2926 | " " |
|
3376 | " " | |
@@ -2956,25 +3406,32 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
2956 | msgid "print the name of the previous patch" |
|
3406 | msgid "print the name of the previous patch" | |
2957 | msgstr "" |
|
3407 | msgstr "" | |
2958 |
|
3408 | |||
2959 | msgid "" |
|
3409 | msgid "create a new patch" | |
2960 | "create a new patch\n" |
|
3410 | msgstr "" | |
2961 | "\n" |
|
3411 | ||
|
3412 | msgid "" | |||
2962 | " qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently-applied patch (if\n" |
|
3413 | " qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently-applied patch (if\n" | |
2963 | " any). It will refuse to run if there are any outstanding changes\n" |
|
3414 | " any). It will refuse to run if there are any outstanding changes\n" | |
2964 | " unless -f/--force is specified, in which case the patch will be\n" |
|
3415 | " unless -f/--force is specified, in which case the patch will be\n" | |
2965 | " initialized with them. You may also use -I/--include,\n" |
|
3416 | " initialized with them. You may also use -I/--include,\n" | |
2966 | " -X/--exclude, and/or a list of files after the patch name to add\n" |
|
3417 | " -X/--exclude, and/or a list of files after the patch name to add\n" | |
2967 | " only changes to matching files to the new patch, leaving the rest\n" |
|
3418 | " only changes to matching files to the new patch, leaving the rest\n" | |
2968 |
" as uncommitted modifications. |
|
3419 | " as uncommitted modifications." | |
2969 | "\n" |
|
3420 | msgstr "" | |
|
3421 | ||||
|
3422 | msgid "" | |||
2970 | " -u/--user and -d/--date can be used to set the (given) user and\n" |
|
3423 | " -u/--user and -d/--date can be used to set the (given) user and\n" | |
2971 | " date, respectively. -U/--currentuser and -D/--currentdate set user\n" |
|
3424 | " date, respectively. -U/--currentuser and -D/--currentdate set user\n" | |
2972 |
" to current user and date to current date. |
|
3425 | " to current user and date to current date." | |
2973 | "\n" |
|
3426 | msgstr "" | |
|
3427 | ||||
|
3428 | msgid "" | |||
2974 | " -e/--edit, -m/--message or -l/--logfile set the patch header as\n" |
|
3429 | " -e/--edit, -m/--message or -l/--logfile set the patch header as\n" | |
2975 | " well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is\n" |
|
3430 | " well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is\n" | |
2976 |
" empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'. |
|
3431 | " empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'." | |
2977 | "\n" |
|
3432 | msgstr "" | |
|
3433 | ||||
|
3434 | msgid "" | |||
2978 | " Use the -g/--git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff\n" |
|
3435 | " Use the -g/--git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff\n" | |
2979 | " format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this\n" |
|
3436 | " format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this\n" | |
2980 | " is important for preserving permission changes and copy/rename\n" |
|
3437 | " is important for preserving permission changes and copy/rename\n" | |
@@ -2982,16 +3439,21 b' msgid ""' | |||||
2982 | " " |
|
3439 | " " | |
2983 | msgstr "" |
|
3440 | msgstr "" | |
2984 |
|
3441 | |||
2985 | msgid "" |
|
3442 | msgid "update the current patch" | |
2986 | "update the current patch\n" |
|
3443 | msgstr "" | |
2987 | "\n" |
|
3444 | ||
|
3445 | msgid "" | |||
2988 | " If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will\n" |
|
3446 | " If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will\n" | |
2989 | " contain only the modifications that match those patterns; the\n" |
|
3447 | " contain only the modifications that match those patterns; the\n" | |
2990 |
" remaining modifications will remain in the working directory. |
|
3448 | " remaining modifications will remain in the working directory." | |
2991 | "\n" |
|
3449 | msgstr "" | |
|
3450 | ||||
|
3451 | msgid "" | |||
2992 | " If -s/--short is specified, files currently included in the patch\n" |
|
3452 | " If -s/--short is specified, files currently included in the patch\n" | |
2993 |
" will be refreshed just like matched files and remain in the patch. |
|
3453 | " will be refreshed just like matched files and remain in the patch." | |
2994 | "\n" |
|
3454 | msgstr "" | |
|
3455 | ||||
|
3456 | msgid "" | |||
2995 | " hg add/remove/copy/rename work as usual, though you might want to\n" |
|
3457 | " hg add/remove/copy/rename work as usual, though you might want to\n" | |
2996 | " use git-style patches (-g/--git or [diff] git=1) to track copies\n" |
|
3458 | " use git-style patches (-g/--git or [diff] git=1) to track copies\n" | |
2997 | " and renames. See the diffs help topic for more information on the\n" |
|
3459 | " and renames. See the diffs help topic for more information on the\n" | |
@@ -3002,14 +3464,17 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
3002 | msgid "option \"-e\" incompatible with \"-m\" or \"-l\"" |
|
3464 | msgid "option \"-e\" incompatible with \"-m\" or \"-l\"" | |
3003 | msgstr "" |
|
3465 | msgstr "" | |
3004 |
|
3466 | |||
3005 | msgid "" |
|
3467 | msgid "diff of the current patch and subsequent modifications" | |
3006 | "diff of the current patch and subsequent modifications\n" |
|
3468 | msgstr "" | |
3007 | "\n" |
|
3469 | ||
|
3470 | msgid "" | |||
3008 | " Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any\n" |
|
3471 | " Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any\n" | |
3009 | " changes which have been made in the working directory since the\n" |
|
3472 | " changes which have been made in the working directory since the\n" | |
3010 | " last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become\n" |
|
3473 | " last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become\n" | |
3011 |
" after a qrefresh). |
|
3474 | " after a qrefresh)." | |
3012 | "\n" |
|
3475 | msgstr "" | |
|
3476 | ||||
|
3477 | msgid "" | |||
3013 | " Use 'hg diff' if you only want to see the changes made since the\n" |
|
3478 | " Use 'hg diff' if you only want to see the changes made since the\n" | |
3014 | " last qrefresh, or 'hg export qtip' if you want to see changes made\n" |
|
3479 | " last qrefresh, or 'hg export qtip' if you want to see changes made\n" | |
3015 | " by the current patch without including changes made since the\n" |
|
3480 | " by the current patch without including changes made since the\n" | |
@@ -3017,16 +3482,19 b' msgid ""' | |||||
3017 | " " |
|
3482 | " " | |
3018 | msgstr "" |
|
3483 | msgstr "" | |
3019 |
|
3484 | |||
3020 | msgid "" |
|
3485 | msgid "fold the named patches into the current patch" | |
3021 | "fold the named patches into the current patch\n" |
|
3486 | msgstr "" | |
3022 | "\n" |
|
3487 | ||
|
3488 | msgid "" | |||
3023 | " Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively\n" |
|
3489 | " Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively\n" | |
3024 | " applied to the current patch in the order given. If all the\n" |
|
3490 | " applied to the current patch in the order given. If all the\n" | |
3025 | " patches apply successfully, the current patch will be refreshed\n" |
|
3491 | " patches apply successfully, the current patch will be refreshed\n" | |
3026 | " with the new cumulative patch, and the folded patches will be\n" |
|
3492 | " with the new cumulative patch, and the folded patches will be\n" | |
3027 | " deleted. With -k/--keep, the folded patch files will not be\n" |
|
3493 | " deleted. With -k/--keep, the folded patch files will not be\n" | |
3028 |
" removed afterwards. |
|
3494 | " removed afterwards." | |
3029 | "\n" |
|
3495 | msgstr "" | |
|
3496 | ||||
|
3497 | msgid "" | |||
3030 | " The header for each folded patch will be concatenated with the\n" |
|
3498 | " The header for each folded patch will be concatenated with the\n" | |
3031 | " current patch header, separated by a line of '* * *'." |
|
3499 | " current patch header, separated by a line of '* * *'." | |
3032 | msgstr "" |
|
3500 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -3052,19 +3520,24 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
3052 | msgid "push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack" |
|
3520 | msgid "push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack" | |
3053 | msgstr "" |
|
3521 | msgstr "" | |
3054 |
|
3522 | |||
3055 | msgid "" |
|
3523 | msgid "set or print guards for a patch" | |
3056 | "set or print guards for a patch\n" |
|
3524 | msgstr "" | |
3057 | "\n" |
|
3525 | ||
|
3526 | msgid "" | |||
3058 | " Guards control whether a patch can be pushed. A patch with no\n" |
|
3527 | " Guards control whether a patch can be pushed. A patch with no\n" | |
3059 | " guards is always pushed. A patch with a positive guard (\"+foo\") is\n" |
|
3528 | " guards is always pushed. A patch with a positive guard (\"+foo\") is\n" | |
3060 | " pushed only if the qselect command has activated it. A patch with\n" |
|
3529 | " pushed only if the qselect command has activated it. A patch with\n" | |
3061 | " a negative guard (\"-foo\") is never pushed if the qselect command\n" |
|
3530 | " a negative guard (\"-foo\") is never pushed if the qselect command\n" | |
3062 |
" has activated it. |
|
3531 | " has activated it." | |
3063 | "\n" |
|
3532 | msgstr "" | |
|
3533 | ||||
|
3534 | msgid "" | |||
3064 | " With no arguments, print the currently active guards.\n" |
|
3535 | " With no arguments, print the currently active guards.\n" | |
3065 | " With arguments, set guards for the named patch.\n" |
|
3536 | " With arguments, set guards for the named patch.\n" | |
3066 |
" NOTE: Specifying negative guards now requires '--'. |
|
3537 | " NOTE: Specifying negative guards now requires '--'." | |
3067 | "\n" |
|
3538 | msgstr "" | |
|
3539 | ||||
|
3540 | msgid "" | |||
3068 | " To set guards on another patch:\n" |
|
3541 | " To set guards on another patch:\n" | |
3069 | " hg qguard -- other.patch +2.6.17 -stable\n" |
|
3542 | " hg qguard -- other.patch +2.6.17 -stable\n" | |
3070 | " " |
|
3543 | " " | |
@@ -3083,9 +3556,10 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
3083 | msgid "print the header of the topmost or specified patch" |
|
3556 | msgid "print the header of the topmost or specified patch" | |
3084 | msgstr "" |
|
3557 | msgstr "" | |
3085 |
|
3558 | |||
3086 | msgid "" |
|
3559 | msgid "push the next patch onto the stack" | |
3087 | "push the next patch onto the stack\n" |
|
3560 | msgstr "" | |
3088 | "\n" |
|
3561 | ||
|
3562 | msgid "" | |||
3089 | " When -f/--force is applied, all local changes in patched files\n" |
|
3563 | " When -f/--force is applied, all local changes in patched files\n" | |
3090 | " will be lost.\n" |
|
3564 | " will be lost.\n" | |
3091 | " " |
|
3565 | " " | |
@@ -3098,9 +3572,10 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
3098 | msgid "merging with queue at: %s\n" |
|
3572 | msgid "merging with queue at: %s\n" | |
3099 | msgstr "" |
|
3573 | msgstr "" | |
3100 |
|
3574 | |||
3101 | msgid "" |
|
3575 | msgid "pop the current patch off the stack" | |
3102 | "pop the current patch off the stack\n" |
|
3576 | msgstr "" | |
3103 | "\n" |
|
3577 | ||
|
3578 | msgid "" | |||
3104 | " By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch\n" |
|
3579 | " By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch\n" | |
3105 | " name, keeps popping off patches until the named patch is at the\n" |
|
3580 | " name, keeps popping off patches until the named patch is at the\n" | |
3106 | " top of the stack.\n" |
|
3581 | " top of the stack.\n" | |
@@ -3111,9 +3586,10 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
3111 | msgid "using patch queue: %s\n" |
|
3586 | msgid "using patch queue: %s\n" | |
3112 | msgstr "" |
|
3587 | msgstr "" | |
3113 |
|
3588 | |||
3114 | msgid "" |
|
3589 | msgid "rename a patch" | |
3115 | "rename a patch\n" |
|
3590 | msgstr "" | |
3116 | "\n" |
|
3591 | ||
|
3592 | msgid "" | |||
3117 | " With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.\n" |
|
3593 | " With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.\n" | |
3118 | " With two arguments, renames PATCH1 to PATCH2." |
|
3594 | " With two arguments, renames PATCH1 to PATCH2." | |
3119 | msgstr "" |
|
3595 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -3144,45 +3620,59 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
3144 | msgid "copy %s to %s\n" |
|
3620 | msgid "copy %s to %s\n" | |
3145 | msgstr "" |
|
3621 | msgstr "" | |
3146 |
|
3622 | |||
3147 | msgid "" |
|
3623 | msgid "strip a revision and all its descendants from the repository" | |
3148 | "strip a revision and all its descendants from the repository\n" |
|
3624 | msgstr "" | |
3149 | "\n" |
|
3625 | ||
|
3626 | msgid "" | |||
3150 | " If one of the working directory's parent revisions is stripped, the\n" |
|
3627 | " If one of the working directory's parent revisions is stripped, the\n" | |
3151 | " working directory will be updated to the parent of the stripped\n" |
|
3628 | " working directory will be updated to the parent of the stripped\n" | |
3152 | " revision.\n" |
|
3629 | " revision.\n" | |
3153 | " " |
|
3630 | " " | |
3154 | msgstr "" |
|
3631 | msgstr "" | |
3155 |
|
3632 | |||
3156 | msgid "" |
|
3633 | msgid "set or print guarded patches to push" | |
3157 | "set or print guarded patches to push\n" |
|
3634 | msgstr "" | |
3158 | "\n" |
|
3635 | ||
|
3636 | msgid "" | |||
3159 | " Use the qguard command to set or print guards on patch, then use\n" |
|
3637 | " Use the qguard command to set or print guards on patch, then use\n" | |
3160 | " qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if\n" |
|
3638 | " qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if\n" | |
3161 | " it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently\n" |
|
3639 | " it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently\n" | |
3162 | " selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards\n" |
|
3640 | " selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards\n" | |
3163 |
" match the current guard. For example: |
|
3641 | " match the current guard. For example:" | |
3164 | "\n" |
|
3642 | msgstr "" | |
|
3643 | ||||
|
3644 | msgid "" | |||
3165 | " qguard foo.patch -stable (negative guard)\n" |
|
3645 | " qguard foo.patch -stable (negative guard)\n" | |
3166 | " qguard bar.patch +stable (positive guard)\n" |
|
3646 | " qguard bar.patch +stable (positive guard)\n" | |
3167 |
" qselect stable |
|
3647 | " qselect stable" | |
3168 | "\n" |
|
3648 | msgstr "" | |
|
3649 | ||||
|
3650 | msgid "" | |||
3169 | " This activates the \"stable\" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because\n" |
|
3651 | " This activates the \"stable\" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because\n" | |
3170 | " it has a negative match) but push bar.patch (because it has a\n" |
|
3652 | " it has a negative match) but push bar.patch (because it has a\n" | |
3171 |
" positive match). |
|
3653 | " positive match)." | |
3172 | "\n" |
|
3654 | msgstr "" | |
|
3655 | ||||
|
3656 | msgid "" | |||
3173 | " With no arguments, prints the currently active guards.\n" |
|
3657 | " With no arguments, prints the currently active guards.\n" | |
3174 |
" With one argument, sets the active guard. |
|
3658 | " With one argument, sets the active guard." | |
3175 | "\n" |
|
3659 | msgstr "" | |
|
3660 | ||||
|
3661 | msgid "" | |||
3176 | " Use -n/--none to deactivate guards (no other arguments needed).\n" |
|
3662 | " Use -n/--none to deactivate guards (no other arguments needed).\n" | |
3177 | " When no guards are active, patches with positive guards are\n" |
|
3663 | " When no guards are active, patches with positive guards are\n" | |
3178 |
" skipped and patches with negative guards are pushed. |
|
3664 | " skipped and patches with negative guards are pushed." | |
3179 | "\n" |
|
3665 | msgstr "" | |
|
3666 | ||||
|
3667 | msgid "" | |||
3180 | " qselect can change the guards on applied patches. It does not pop\n" |
|
3668 | " qselect can change the guards on applied patches. It does not pop\n" | |
3181 | " guarded patches by default. Use --pop to pop back to the last\n" |
|
3669 | " guarded patches by default. Use --pop to pop back to the last\n" | |
3182 | " applied patch that is not guarded. Use --reapply (which implies\n" |
|
3670 | " applied patch that is not guarded. Use --reapply (which implies\n" | |
3183 | " --pop) to push back to the current patch afterwards, but skip\n" |
|
3671 | " --pop) to push back to the current patch afterwards, but skip\n" | |
3184 |
" guarded patches. |
|
3672 | " guarded patches." | |
3185 | "\n" |
|
3673 | msgstr "" | |
|
3674 | ||||
|
3675 | msgid "" | |||
3186 | " Use -s/--series to print a list of all guards in the series file\n" |
|
3676 | " Use -s/--series to print a list of all guards in the series file\n" | |
3187 | " (no other arguments needed). Use -v for more information." |
|
3677 | " (no other arguments needed). Use -v for more information." | |
3188 | msgstr "" |
|
3678 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -3216,18 +3706,23 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
3216 | msgid "reapplying unguarded patches\n" |
|
3706 | msgid "reapplying unguarded patches\n" | |
3217 | msgstr "" |
|
3707 | msgstr "" | |
3218 |
|
3708 | |||
3219 | msgid "" |
|
3709 | msgid "move applied patches into repository history" | |
3220 | "move applied patches into repository history\n" |
|
3710 | msgstr "" | |
3221 | "\n" |
|
3711 | ||
|
3712 | msgid "" | |||
3222 | " Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied\n" |
|
3713 | " Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied\n" | |
3223 | " patches) by moving them out of mq control into regular repository\n" |
|
3714 | " patches) by moving them out of mq control into regular repository\n" | |
3224 |
" history. |
|
3715 | " history." | |
3225 | "\n" |
|
3716 | msgstr "" | |
|
3717 | ||||
|
3718 | msgid "" | |||
3226 | " Accepts a revision range or the -a/--applied option. If --applied\n" |
|
3719 | " Accepts a revision range or the -a/--applied option. If --applied\n" | |
3227 | " is specified, all applied mq revisions are removed from mq\n" |
|
3720 | " is specified, all applied mq revisions are removed from mq\n" | |
3228 | " control. Otherwise, the given revisions must be at the base of the\n" |
|
3721 | " control. Otherwise, the given revisions must be at the base of the\n" | |
3229 |
" stack of applied patches. |
|
3722 | " stack of applied patches." | |
3230 | "\n" |
|
3723 | msgstr "" | |
|
3724 | ||||
|
3725 | msgid "" | |||
3231 | " This can be especially useful if your changes have been applied to\n" |
|
3726 | " This can be especially useful if your changes have been applied to\n" | |
3232 | " an upstream repository, or if you are about to push your changes\n" |
|
3727 | " an upstream repository, or if you are about to push your changes\n" | |
3233 | " to upstream.\n" |
|
3728 | " to upstream.\n" | |
@@ -3494,33 +3989,47 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
3494 | msgid "hg qfinish [-a] [REV]..." |
|
3989 | msgid "hg qfinish [-a] [REV]..." | |
3495 | msgstr "" |
|
3990 | msgstr "" | |
3496 |
|
3991 | |||
3497 | msgid "" |
|
3992 | msgid "hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time" | |
3498 | "hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time\n" |
|
3993 | msgstr "" | |
3499 | "\n" |
|
3994 | ||
|
3995 | msgid "" | |||
3500 | "Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to\n" |
|
3996 | "Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to\n" | |
3501 |
"print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring. |
|
3997 | "print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring." | |
3502 | "\n" |
|
3998 | msgstr "" | |
|
3999 | ||||
|
4000 | msgid "" | |||
3503 | "To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like\n" |
|
4001 | "To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like\n" | |
3504 |
"this:: |
|
4002 | "this::" | |
3505 | "\n" |
|
4003 | msgstr "" | |
|
4004 | ||||
|
4005 | msgid "" | |||
3506 | " [extensions]\n" |
|
4006 | " [extensions]\n" | |
3507 |
" notify = |
|
4007 | " notify =" | |
3508 | "\n" |
|
4008 | msgstr "" | |
|
4009 | ||||
|
4010 | msgid "" | |||
3509 | " [hooks]\n" |
|
4011 | " [hooks]\n" | |
3510 | " # one email for each incoming changeset\n" |
|
4012 | " # one email for each incoming changeset\n" | |
3511 | " incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n" |
|
4013 | " incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n" | |
3512 | " # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time\n" |
|
4014 | " # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time\n" | |
3513 |
" changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook |
|
4015 | " changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook" | |
3514 | "\n" |
|
4016 | msgstr "" | |
|
4017 | ||||
|
4018 | msgid "" | |||
3515 | " [notify]\n" |
|
4019 | " [notify]\n" | |
3516 |
" # config items go here |
|
4020 | " # config items go here" | |
3517 | "\n" |
|
4021 | msgstr "" | |
3518 | "Required configuration items::\n" |
|
4022 | ||
3519 | "\n" |
|
4023 | msgid "Required configuration items::" | |
3520 | " config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions\n" |
|
4024 | msgstr "" | |
3521 | "\n" |
|
4025 | ||
3522 | "Optional configuration items::\n" |
|
4026 | msgid " config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions" | |
3523 | "\n" |
|
4027 | msgstr "" | |
|
4028 | ||||
|
4029 | msgid "Optional configuration items::" | |||
|
4030 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4031 | ||||
|
4032 | msgid "" | |||
3524 | " test = True # print messages to stdout for testing\n" |
|
4033 | " test = True # print messages to stdout for testing\n" | |
3525 | " strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths\n" |
|
4034 | " strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths\n" | |
3526 | " domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain\n" |
|
4035 | " domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain\n" | |
@@ -3531,31 +4040,40 b' msgid ""' | |||||
3531 | " maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)\n" |
|
4040 | " maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)\n" | |
3532 | " maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this\n" |
|
4041 | " maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this\n" | |
3533 | " diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content\n" |
|
4042 | " diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content\n" | |
3534 | " sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this " |
|
4043 | " sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this list\n" | |
3535 | "list\n" |
|
|||
3536 | " # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)\n" |
|
4044 | " # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)\n" | |
3537 | " merge = False # send notification for merges (default True)\n" |
|
4045 | " merge = False # send notification for merges (default True)\n" | |
3538 | " [email]\n" |
|
4046 | " [email]\n" | |
3539 | " from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given\n" |
|
4047 | " from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given\n" | |
3540 | " [web]\n" |
|
4048 | " [web]\n" | |
3541 |
" baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits |
|
4049 | " baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits" | |
3542 | "\n" |
|
4050 | msgstr "" | |
|
4051 | ||||
|
4052 | msgid "" | |||
3543 | "The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has\n" |
|
4053 | "The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has\n" | |
3544 | "two sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is\n" |
|
4054 | "two sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is\n" | |
3545 |
"handier for you. |
|
4055 | "handier for you." | |
3546 | "\n" |
|
4056 | msgstr "" | |
3547 | "::\n" |
|
4057 | ||
3548 | "\n" |
|
4058 | msgid "::" | |
|
4059 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4060 | ||||
|
4061 | msgid "" | |||
3549 | " [usersubs]\n" |
|
4062 | " [usersubs]\n" | |
3550 | " # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob patterns\n" |
|
4063 | " # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob patterns\n" | |
3551 |
" user@host = pattern |
|
4064 | " user@host = pattern" | |
3552 | "\n" |
|
4065 | msgstr "" | |
|
4066 | ||||
|
4067 | msgid "" | |||
3553 | " [reposubs]\n" |
|
4068 | " [reposubs]\n" | |
3554 | " # key is glob pattern, value is \",\"-separated list of subscriber emails\n" |
|
4069 | " # key is glob pattern, value is \",\"-separated list of subscriber emails\n" | |
3555 |
" pattern = user@host |
|
4070 | " pattern = user@host" | |
3556 | "\n" |
|
4071 | msgstr "" | |
3557 | "Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.\n" |
|
4072 | ||
3558 | "\n" |
|
4073 | msgid "Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root." | |
|
4074 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4075 | ||||
|
4076 | msgid "" | |||
3559 | "If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users\n" |
|
4077 | "If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users\n" | |
3560 | "can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.\n" |
|
4078 | "can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.\n" | |
3561 | msgstr "" |
|
4079 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -3571,134 +4089,183 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
3571 | #, python-format |
|
4089 | #, python-format | |
3572 | msgid "" |
|
4090 | msgid "" | |
3573 | "\n" |
|
4091 | "\n" | |
3574 |
"diffs (truncated from %d to %d lines): |
|
4092 | "diffs (truncated from %d to %d lines):" | |
3575 | "\n" |
|
4093 | msgstr "" | |
3576 | msgstr "" |
|
4094 | ||
3577 |
|
4095 | #, python-format | ||
3578 | #, python-format |
|
4096 | msgid "" | |
3579 | msgid "" |
|
4097 | "\n" | |
3580 | "\n" |
|
4098 | "diffs (%d lines):" | |
3581 | "diffs (%d lines):\n" |
|
|||
3582 | "\n" |
|
|||
3583 | msgstr "" |
|
4099 | msgstr "" | |
3584 |
|
4100 | |||
3585 | #, python-format |
|
4101 | #, python-format | |
3586 | msgid "notify: suppressing notification for merge %d:%s\n" |
|
4102 | msgid "notify: suppressing notification for merge %d:%s\n" | |
3587 | msgstr "" |
|
4103 | msgstr "" | |
3588 |
|
4104 | |||
3589 | msgid "" |
|
4105 | msgid "browse command output with an external pager" | |
3590 | "browse command output with an external pager\n" |
|
4106 | msgstr "" | |
3591 | "\n" |
|
4107 | ||
3592 |
"To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable:: |
|
4108 | msgid "To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable::" | |
3593 | "\n" |
|
4109 | msgstr "" | |
|
4110 | ||||
|
4111 | msgid "" | |||
3594 | " [pager]\n" |
|
4112 | " [pager]\n" | |
3595 |
" pager = LESS='FSRX' less |
|
4113 | " pager = LESS='FSRX' less" | |
3596 | "\n" |
|
4114 | msgstr "" | |
|
4115 | ||||
|
4116 | msgid "" | |||
3597 | "If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable\n" |
|
4117 | "If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable\n" | |
3598 |
"$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used. |
|
4118 | "$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used." | |
3599 | "\n" |
|
4119 | msgstr "" | |
|
4120 | ||||
|
4121 | msgid "" | |||
3600 | "If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them by\n" |
|
4122 | "If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them by\n" | |
3601 |
"setting:: |
|
4123 | "setting::" | |
3602 | "\n" |
|
4124 | msgstr "" | |
|
4125 | ||||
|
4126 | msgid "" | |||
3603 | " [pager]\n" |
|
4127 | " [pager]\n" | |
3604 |
" quiet = True |
|
4128 | " quiet = True" | |
3605 | "\n" |
|
4129 | msgstr "" | |
|
4130 | ||||
|
4131 | msgid "" | |||
3606 | "You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the\n" |
|
4132 | "You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the\n" | |
3607 |
"pager.ignore list:: |
|
4133 | "pager.ignore list::" | |
3608 | "\n" |
|
4134 | msgstr "" | |
|
4135 | ||||
|
4136 | msgid "" | |||
3609 | " [pager]\n" |
|
4137 | " [pager]\n" | |
3610 |
" ignore = version, help, update |
|
4138 | " ignore = version, help, update" | |
3611 | "\n" |
|
4139 | msgstr "" | |
|
4140 | ||||
|
4141 | msgid "" | |||
3612 | "You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using\n" |
|
4142 | "You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using\n" | |
3613 |
"pager.attend:: |
|
4143 | "pager.attend::" | |
3614 | "\n" |
|
4144 | msgstr "" | |
|
4145 | ||||
|
4146 | msgid "" | |||
3615 | " [pager]\n" |
|
4147 | " [pager]\n" | |
3616 |
" attend = log |
|
4148 | " attend = log" | |
3617 | "\n" |
|
4149 | msgstr "" | |
3618 | "If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored.\n" |
|
4150 | ||
3619 | "\n" |
|
4151 | msgid "If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored." | |
|
4152 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4153 | ||||
|
4154 | msgid "" | |||
3620 | "To ignore global commands like \"hg version\" or \"hg help\", you have to\n" |
|
4155 | "To ignore global commands like \"hg version\" or \"hg help\", you have to\n" | |
3621 | "specify them in the global .hgrc\n" |
|
4156 | "specify them in the global .hgrc\n" | |
3622 | msgstr "" |
|
4157 | msgstr "" | |
3623 |
|
4158 | |||
3624 | msgid "" |
|
4159 | msgid "interpret suffixes to refer to ancestor revisions" | |
3625 | "interpret suffixes to refer to ancestor revisions\n" |
|
4160 | msgstr "" | |
3626 | "\n" |
|
4161 | ||
|
4162 | msgid "" | |||
3627 | "This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to the\n" |
|
4163 | "This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to the\n" | |
3628 |
"ancestors of a specific revision. |
|
4164 | "ancestors of a specific revision." | |
3629 | "\n" |
|
4165 | msgstr "" | |
3630 | "For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then::\n" |
|
4166 | ||
3631 | "\n" |
|
4167 | msgid "For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then::" | |
|
4168 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4169 | ||||
|
4170 | msgid "" | |||
3632 | " foo^N = Nth parent of foo\n" |
|
4171 | " foo^N = Nth parent of foo\n" | |
3633 | " foo^0 = foo\n" |
|
4172 | " foo^0 = foo\n" | |
3634 | " foo^1 = first parent of foo\n" |
|
4173 | " foo^1 = first parent of foo\n" | |
3635 | " foo^2 = second parent of foo\n" |
|
4174 | " foo^2 = second parent of foo\n" | |
3636 |
" foo^ = foo^1 |
|
4175 | " foo^ = foo^1" | |
3637 | "\n" |
|
4176 | msgstr "" | |
|
4177 | ||||
|
4178 | msgid "" | |||
3638 | " foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo\n" |
|
4179 | " foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo\n" | |
3639 | " foo~0 = foo\n" |
|
4180 | " foo~0 = foo\n" | |
3640 | " foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo\n" |
|
4181 | " foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo\n" | |
3641 | " foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo\n" |
|
4182 | " foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo\n" | |
3642 | msgstr "" |
|
4183 | msgstr "" | |
3643 |
|
4184 | |||
3644 | msgid "" |
|
4185 | msgid "command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails" | |
3645 | "command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails\n" |
|
4186 | msgstr "" | |
3646 | "\n" |
|
4187 | ||
|
4188 | msgid "" | |||
3647 | "The series is started off with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\" introduction, which\n" |
|
4189 | "The series is started off with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\" introduction, which\n" | |
3648 |
"describes the series as a whole. |
|
4190 | "describes the series as a whole." | |
3649 | "\n" |
|
4191 | msgstr "" | |
|
4192 | ||||
|
4193 | msgid "" | |||
3650 | "Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using the\n" |
|
4194 | "Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using the\n" | |
3651 | "first line of the changeset description as the subject text. The\n" |
|
4195 | "first line of the changeset description as the subject text. The\n" | |
3652 |
"message contains two or three body parts: |
|
4196 | "message contains two or three body parts:" | |
3653 | "\n" |
|
4197 | msgstr "" | |
|
4198 | ||||
|
4199 | msgid "" | |||
3654 | "- The changeset description.\n" |
|
4200 | "- The changeset description.\n" | |
3655 | "- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n" |
|
4201 | "- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n" | |
3656 |
"- The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\". |
|
4202 | "- The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\"." | |
3657 | "\n" |
|
4203 | msgstr "" | |
|
4204 | ||||
|
4205 | msgid "" | |||
3658 | "Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To\n" |
|
4206 | "Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To\n" | |
3659 | "and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded\n" |
|
4207 | "and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded\n" | |
3660 |
"mail and news readers, and in mail archives. |
|
4208 | "mail and news readers, and in mail archives." | |
3661 | "\n" |
|
4209 | msgstr "" | |
|
4210 | ||||
|
4211 | msgid "" | |||
3662 | "With the -d/--diffstat option, you will be prompted for each changeset\n" |
|
4212 | "With the -d/--diffstat option, you will be prompted for each changeset\n" | |
3663 | "with a diffstat summary and the changeset summary, so you can be sure\n" |
|
4213 | "with a diffstat summary and the changeset summary, so you can be sure\n" | |
3664 |
"you are sending the right changes. |
|
4214 | "you are sending the right changes." | |
3665 | "\n" |
|
4215 | msgstr "" | |
|
4216 | ||||
|
4217 | msgid "" | |||
3666 | "To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc\n" |
|
4218 | "To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc\n" | |
3667 |
"file:: |
|
4219 | "file::" | |
3668 | "\n" |
|
4220 | msgstr "" | |
|
4221 | ||||
|
4222 | msgid "" | |||
3669 | " [email]\n" |
|
4223 | " [email]\n" | |
3670 | " from = My Name <my@email>\n" |
|
4224 | " from = My Name <my@email>\n" | |
3671 | " to = recipient1, recipient2, ...\n" |
|
4225 | " to = recipient1, recipient2, ...\n" | |
3672 | " cc = cc1, cc2, ...\n" |
|
4226 | " cc = cc1, cc2, ...\n" | |
3673 |
" bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ... |
|
4227 | " bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ..." | |
3674 | "\n" |
|
4228 | msgstr "" | |
|
4229 | ||||
|
4230 | msgid "" | |||
3675 | "Then you can use the \"hg email\" command to mail a series of changesets\n" |
|
4231 | "Then you can use the \"hg email\" command to mail a series of changesets\n" | |
3676 |
"as a patchbomb. |
|
4232 | "as a patchbomb." | |
3677 | "\n" |
|
4233 | msgstr "" | |
|
4234 | ||||
|
4235 | msgid "" | |||
3678 | "To avoid sending patches prematurely, it is a good idea to first run\n" |
|
4236 | "To avoid sending patches prematurely, it is a good idea to first run\n" | |
3679 | "the \"email\" command with the \"-n\" option (test only). You will be\n" |
|
4237 | "the \"email\" command with the \"-n\" option (test only). You will be\n" | |
3680 | "prompted for an email recipient address, a subject and an introductory\n" |
|
4238 | "prompted for an email recipient address, a subject and an introductory\n" | |
3681 | "message describing the patches of your patchbomb. Then when all is\n" |
|
4239 | "message describing the patches of your patchbomb. Then when all is\n" | |
3682 | "done, patchbomb messages are displayed. If the PAGER environment\n" |
|
4240 | "done, patchbomb messages are displayed. If the PAGER environment\n" | |
3683 | "variable is set, your pager will be fired up once for each patchbomb\n" |
|
4241 | "variable is set, your pager will be fired up once for each patchbomb\n" | |
3684 |
"message, so you can verify everything is alright. |
|
4242 | "message, so you can verify everything is alright." | |
3685 | "\n" |
|
4243 | msgstr "" | |
|
4244 | ||||
|
4245 | msgid "" | |||
3686 | "The -m/--mbox option is also very useful. Instead of previewing each\n" |
|
4246 | "The -m/--mbox option is also very useful. Instead of previewing each\n" | |
3687 | "patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will\n" |
|
4247 | "patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will\n" | |
3688 | "create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file\n" |
|
4248 | "create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file\n" | |
3689 | "can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox\n" |
|
4249 | "can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox\n" | |
3690 |
"files, e.g. with mutt:: |
|
4250 | "files, e.g. with mutt::" | |
3691 | "\n" |
|
4251 | msgstr "" | |
3692 | " % mutt -R -f mbox\n" |
|
4252 | ||
3693 | "\n" |
|
4253 | msgid " % mutt -R -f mbox" | |
|
4254 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4255 | ||||
|
4256 | msgid "" | |||
3694 | "When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``\n" |
|
4257 | "When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``\n" | |
3695 | "(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail\n" |
|
4258 | "(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail\n" | |
3696 |
"package), to send each message out:: |
|
4259 | "package), to send each message out::" | |
3697 | "\n" |
|
4260 | msgstr "" | |
3698 | " % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox\n" |
|
4261 | ||
3699 | "\n" |
|
4262 | msgid " % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox" | |
3700 | "That should be all. Now your patchbomb is on its way out.\n" |
|
4263 | msgstr "" | |
3701 | "\n" |
|
4264 | ||
|
4265 | msgid "That should be all. Now your patchbomb is on its way out." | |||
|
4266 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4267 | ||||
|
4268 | msgid "" | |||
3702 | "You can also either configure the method option in the email section\n" |
|
4269 | "You can also either configure the method option in the email section\n" | |
3703 | "to be a sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so\n" |
|
4270 | "to be a sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so\n" | |
3704 | "that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs\n" |
|
4271 | "that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs\n" | |
@@ -3719,53 +4286,66 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
3719 | msgid "diffstat rejected" |
|
4286 | msgid "diffstat rejected" | |
3720 | msgstr "" |
|
4287 | msgstr "" | |
3721 |
|
4288 | |||
3722 | msgid "" |
|
4289 | msgid "send changesets by email" | |
3723 | "send changesets by email\n" |
|
4290 | msgstr "" | |
3724 | "\n" |
|
4291 | ||
|
4292 | msgid "" | |||
3725 | " By default, diffs are sent in the format generated by hg export,\n" |
|
4293 | " By default, diffs are sent in the format generated by hg export,\n" | |
3726 | " one per message. The series starts with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\"\n" |
|
4294 | " one per message. The series starts with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\"\n" | |
3727 |
" introduction, which describes the series as a whole. |
|
4295 | " introduction, which describes the series as a whole." | |
3728 | "\n" |
|
4296 | msgstr "" | |
|
4297 | ||||
|
4298 | msgid "" | |||
3729 | " Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n" |
|
4299 | " Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n" | |
3730 | " the first line of the changeset description as the subject text.\n" |
|
4300 | " the first line of the changeset description as the subject text.\n" | |
3731 | " The message contains two or three parts. First, the changeset\n" |
|
4301 | " The message contains two or three parts. First, the changeset\n" | |
3732 | " description. Next, (optionally) if the diffstat program is\n" |
|
4302 | " description. Next, (optionally) if the diffstat program is\n" | |
3733 | " installed and -d/--diffstat is used, the result of running\n" |
|
4303 | " installed and -d/--diffstat is used, the result of running\n" | |
3734 | " diffstat on the patch. Finally, the patch itself, as generated by\n" |
|
4304 | " diffstat on the patch. Finally, the patch itself, as generated by\n" | |
3735 |
" \"hg export\". |
|
4305 | " \"hg export\"." | |
3736 | "\n" |
|
4306 | msgstr "" | |
|
4307 | ||||
|
4308 | msgid "" | |||
3737 | " By default the patch is included as text in the email body for\n" |
|
4309 | " By default the patch is included as text in the email body for\n" | |
3738 | " easy reviewing. Using the -a/--attach option will instead create\n" |
|
4310 | " easy reviewing. Using the -a/--attach option will instead create\n" | |
3739 | " an attachment for the patch. With -i/--inline an inline attachment\n" |
|
4311 | " an attachment for the patch. With -i/--inline an inline attachment\n" | |
3740 |
" will be created. |
|
4312 | " will be created." | |
3741 | "\n" |
|
4313 | msgstr "" | |
|
4314 | ||||
|
4315 | msgid "" | |||
3742 | " With -o/--outgoing, emails will be generated for patches not found\n" |
|
4316 | " With -o/--outgoing, emails will be generated for patches not found\n" | |
3743 | " in the destination repository (or only those which are ancestors\n" |
|
4317 | " in the destination repository (or only those which are ancestors\n" | |
3744 |
" of the specified revisions if any are provided) |
|
4318 | " of the specified revisions if any are provided)" | |
3745 | "\n" |
|
4319 | msgstr "" | |
|
4320 | ||||
|
4321 | msgid "" | |||
3746 | " With -b/--bundle, changesets are selected as for --outgoing, but a\n" |
|
4322 | " With -b/--bundle, changesets are selected as for --outgoing, but a\n" | |
3747 | " single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an attachment\n" |
|
4323 | " single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an attachment\n" | |
3748 |
" will be sent. |
|
4324 | " will be sent." | |
3749 | "\n" |
|
4325 | msgstr "" | |
3750 | " Examples::\n" |
|
4326 | ||
3751 | "\n" |
|
4327 | msgid "" | |
3752 | " hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only\n" |
|
4328 | " hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only\n" | |
3753 | " hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001\n" |
|
4329 | " hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001\n" | |
3754 | " hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005\n" |
|
4330 | " hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005\n" | |
3755 |
" hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated) |
|
4331 | " hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)" | |
3756 | "\n" |
|
4332 | msgstr "" | |
|
4333 | ||||
|
4334 | msgid "" | |||
3757 | " hg email -o # send all patches not in default\n" |
|
4335 | " hg email -o # send all patches not in default\n" | |
3758 | " hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST\n" |
|
4336 | " hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST\n" | |
3759 | " hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n" |
|
4337 | " hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n" | |
3760 |
" hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST |
|
4338 | " hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST" | |
3761 | "\n" |
|
4339 | msgstr "" | |
|
4340 | ||||
|
4341 | msgid "" | |||
3762 | " hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default\n" |
|
4342 | " hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default\n" | |
3763 | " hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n" |
|
4343 | " hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n" | |
3764 | " hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in " |
|
4344 | " hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n" | |
3765 | "default\n" |
|
4345 | " hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST" | |
3766 | " hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in " |
|
4346 | msgstr "" | |
3767 | "DEST\n" |
|
4347 | ||
3768 | "\n" |
|
4348 | msgid "" | |
3769 | " Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your\n" |
|
4349 | " Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your\n" | |
3770 | " hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.\n" |
|
4350 | " hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.\n" | |
3771 | " " |
|
4351 | " " | |
@@ -3785,14 +4365,11 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
3785 |
|
4365 | |||
3786 | msgid "" |
|
4366 | msgid "" | |
3787 | "\n" |
|
4367 | "\n" | |
3788 |
"Write the introductory message for the patch series. |
|
4368 | "Write the introductory message for the patch series." | |
3789 | "\n" |
|
4369 | msgstr "" | |
3790 | msgstr "" |
|
4370 | ||
3791 |
|
4371 | #, python-format | ||
3792 | #, python-format |
|
4372 | msgid "This patch series consists of %d patches." | |
3793 | msgid "" |
|
|||
3794 | "This patch series consists of %d patches.\n" |
|
|||
3795 | "\n" |
|
|||
3796 | msgstr "" |
|
4373 | msgstr "" | |
3797 |
|
4374 | |||
3798 | msgid "Final summary:\n" |
|
4375 | msgid "Final summary:\n" | |
@@ -3879,27 +4456,38 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
3879 | msgid "command to delete untracked files from the working directory" |
|
4456 | msgid "command to delete untracked files from the working directory" | |
3880 | msgstr "" |
|
4457 | msgstr "" | |
3881 |
|
4458 | |||
3882 | msgid "" |
|
4459 | msgid "removes files not tracked by Mercurial" | |
3883 | "removes files not tracked by Mercurial\n" |
|
4460 | msgstr "" | |
3884 | "\n" |
|
4461 | ||
|
4462 | msgid "" | |||
3885 | " Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local\n" |
|
4463 | " Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local\n" | |
3886 |
" and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree. |
|
4464 | " and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree." | |
3887 | "\n" |
|
4465 | msgstr "" | |
3888 | " This means that purge will delete:\n" |
|
4466 | ||
3889 | "\n" |
|
4467 | msgid " This means that purge will delete:" | |
|
4468 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4469 | ||||
|
4470 | msgid "" | |||
3890 | " - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n" |
|
4471 | " - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n" | |
3891 | " - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless\n" |
|
4472 | " - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless\n" | |
3892 |
" they contain files under source control management |
|
4473 | " they contain files under source control management" | |
3893 | "\n" |
|
4474 | msgstr "" | |
3894 | " But it will leave untouched:\n" |
|
4475 | ||
3895 | "\n" |
|
4476 | msgid " But it will leave untouched:" | |
|
4477 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4478 | ||||
|
4479 | msgid "" | |||
3896 | " - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n" |
|
4480 | " - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n" | |
3897 | " - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n" |
|
4481 | " - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n" | |
3898 |
" - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\") |
|
4482 | " - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")" | |
3899 | "\n" |
|
4483 | msgstr "" | |
|
4484 | ||||
|
4485 | msgid "" | |||
3900 | " If directories are given on the command line, only files in these\n" |
|
4486 | " If directories are given on the command line, only files in these\n" | |
3901 |
" directories are considered. |
|
4487 | " directories are considered." | |
3902 | "\n" |
|
4488 | msgstr "" | |
|
4489 | ||||
|
4490 | msgid "" | |||
3903 | " Be careful with purge, as you could irreversibly delete some files\n" |
|
4491 | " Be careful with purge, as you could irreversibly delete some files\n" | |
3904 | " you forgot to add to the repository. If you only want to print the\n" |
|
4492 | " you forgot to add to the repository. If you only want to print the\n" | |
3905 | " list of files that this program would delete, use the --print\n" |
|
4493 | " list of files that this program would delete, use the --print\n" | |
@@ -3938,23 +4526,29 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
3938 | msgid "hg purge [OPTION]... [DIR]..." |
|
4526 | msgid "hg purge [OPTION]... [DIR]..." | |
3939 | msgstr "" |
|
4527 | msgstr "" | |
3940 |
|
4528 | |||
3941 | msgid "" |
|
4529 | msgid "command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor" | |
3942 | "command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor\n" |
|
4530 | msgstr "" | |
3943 | "\n" |
|
4531 | ||
|
4532 | msgid "" | |||
3944 | "This extension lets you rebase changesets in an existing Mercurial\n" |
|
4533 | "This extension lets you rebase changesets in an existing Mercurial\n" | |
3945 |
"repository. |
|
4534 | "repository." | |
3946 | "\n" |
|
4535 | msgstr "" | |
|
4536 | ||||
|
4537 | msgid "" | |||
3947 | "For more information:\n" |
|
4538 | "For more information:\n" | |
3948 | "http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\n" |
|
4539 | "http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\n" | |
3949 | msgstr "" |
|
4540 | msgstr "" | |
3950 |
|
4541 | |||
3951 | msgid "" |
|
4542 | msgid "move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch" | |
3952 | "move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch\n" |
|
4543 | msgstr "" | |
3953 | "\n" |
|
4544 | ||
|
4545 | msgid "" | |||
3954 | " Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of\n" |
|
4546 | " Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of\n" | |
3955 | " history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local\n" |
|
4547 | " history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local\n" | |
3956 |
" changes relative to a master development tree. |
|
4548 | " changes relative to a master development tree." | |
3957 | "\n" |
|
4549 | msgstr "" | |
|
4550 | ||||
|
4551 | msgid "" | |||
3958 | " If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be\n" |
|
4552 | " If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be\n" | |
3959 | " continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.\n" |
|
4553 | " continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.\n" | |
3960 | " " |
|
4554 | " " | |
@@ -4050,9 +4644,7 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
4050 | msgid "abort an interrupted rebase" |
|
4644 | msgid "abort an interrupted rebase" | |
4051 | msgstr "" |
|
4645 | msgstr "" | |
4052 |
|
4646 | |||
4053 | msgid "" |
|
4647 | msgid "hg rebase [-s REV | -b REV] [-d REV] [--collapse] [--keep] [--keepbranches] | [-c] | [-a]" | |
4054 | "hg rebase [-s REV | -b REV] [-d REV] [--collapse] [--keep] [--keepbranches] " |
|
|||
4055 | "| [-c] | [-a]" |
|
|||
4056 | msgstr "" |
|
4648 | msgstr "" | |
4057 |
|
4649 | |||
4058 | msgid "commands to interactively select changes for commit/qrefresh" |
|
4650 | msgid "commands to interactively select changes for commit/qrefresh" | |
@@ -4119,30 +4711,41 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
4119 | msgid "record change %d/%d to %r?" |
|
4711 | msgid "record change %d/%d to %r?" | |
4120 | msgstr "" |
|
4712 | msgstr "" | |
4121 |
|
4713 | |||
4122 | msgid "" |
|
4714 | msgid "interactively select changes to commit" | |
4123 | "interactively select changes to commit\n" |
|
4715 | msgstr "" | |
4124 | "\n" |
|
4716 | ||
|
4717 | msgid "" | |||
4125 | " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n" |
|
4718 | " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n" | |
4126 |
" will be candidates for recording. |
|
4719 | " will be candidates for recording." | |
4127 | "\n" |
|
4720 | msgstr "" | |
4128 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
4721 | ||
4129 | "\n" |
|
4722 | msgid " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date." | |
|
4723 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4724 | ||||
|
4725 | msgid "" | |||
4130 | " You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n" |
|
4726 | " You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n" | |
4131 | " modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each\n" |
|
4727 | " modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each\n" | |
4132 | " change to use. For each query, the following responses are\n" |
|
4728 | " change to use. For each query, the following responses are\n" | |
4133 |
" possible:: |
|
4729 | " possible::" | |
4134 | "\n" |
|
4730 | msgstr "" | |
|
4731 | ||||
|
4732 | msgid "" | |||
4135 | " y - record this change\n" |
|
4733 | " y - record this change\n" | |
4136 |
" n - skip this change |
|
4734 | " n - skip this change" | |
4137 | "\n" |
|
4735 | msgstr "" | |
|
4736 | ||||
|
4737 | msgid "" | |||
4138 | " s - skip remaining changes to this file\n" |
|
4738 | " s - skip remaining changes to this file\n" | |
4139 |
" f - record remaining changes to this file |
|
4739 | " f - record remaining changes to this file" | |
4140 | "\n" |
|
4740 | msgstr "" | |
|
4741 | ||||
|
4742 | msgid "" | |||
4141 | " d - done, skip remaining changes and files\n" |
|
4743 | " d - done, skip remaining changes and files\n" | |
4142 | " a - record all changes to all remaining files\n" |
|
4744 | " a - record all changes to all remaining files\n" | |
4143 |
" q - quit, recording no changes |
|
4745 | " q - quit, recording no changes" | |
4144 | "\n" |
|
4746 | msgstr "" | |
4145 | " ? - display help" |
|
4747 | ||
|
4748 | msgid " ? - display help" | |||
4146 | msgstr "" |
|
4749 | msgstr "" | |
4147 |
|
4750 | |||
4148 | msgid "'mq' extension not loaded" |
|
4751 | msgid "'mq' extension not loaded" | |
@@ -4166,12 +4769,15 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
4166 | msgid "share a common history between several working directories" |
|
4769 | msgid "share a common history between several working directories" | |
4167 | msgstr "" |
|
4770 | msgstr "" | |
4168 |
|
4771 | |||
4169 | msgid "" |
|
4772 | msgid "create a new shared repository (experimental)" | |
4170 | "create a new shared repository (experimental)\n" |
|
4773 | msgstr "" | |
4171 | "\n" |
|
4774 | ||
|
4775 | msgid "" | |||
4172 | " Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its\n" |
|
4776 | " Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its\n" | |
4173 |
" history with another repository. |
|
4777 | " history with another repository." | |
4174 | "\n" |
|
4778 | msgstr "" | |
|
4779 | ||||
|
4780 | msgid "" | |||
4175 | " NOTE: actions that change history such as rollback or moving the\n" |
|
4781 | " NOTE: actions that change history such as rollback or moving the\n" | |
4176 | " source may confuse sharers.\n" |
|
4782 | " source may confuse sharers.\n" | |
4177 | " " |
|
4783 | " " | |
@@ -4183,11 +4789,13 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
4183 | msgid "[-U] SOURCE [DEST]" |
|
4789 | msgid "[-U] SOURCE [DEST]" | |
4184 | msgstr "" |
|
4790 | msgstr "" | |
4185 |
|
4791 | |||
4186 | msgid "" |
|
4792 | msgid "command to transplant changesets from another branch" | |
4187 | "command to transplant changesets from another branch\n" |
|
4793 | msgstr "" | |
4188 | "\n" |
|
4794 | ||
4189 |
"This extension allows you to transplant patches from another branch. |
|
4795 | msgid "This extension allows you to transplant patches from another branch." | |
4190 | "\n" |
|
4796 | msgstr "" | |
|
4797 | ||||
|
4798 | msgid "" | |||
4191 | "Transplanted patches are recorded in .hg/transplant/transplants, as a\n" |
|
4799 | "Transplanted patches are recorded in .hg/transplant/transplants, as a\n" | |
4192 | "map from a changeset hash to its hash in the source repository.\n" |
|
4800 | "map from a changeset hash to its hash in the source repository.\n" | |
4193 | msgstr "" |
|
4801 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -4242,38 +4850,52 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
4242 | msgid "apply changeset? [ynmpcq?]:" |
|
4850 | msgid "apply changeset? [ynmpcq?]:" | |
4243 | msgstr "" |
|
4851 | msgstr "" | |
4244 |
|
4852 | |||
4245 | msgid "" |
|
4853 | msgid "transplant changesets from another branch" | |
4246 | "transplant changesets from another branch\n" |
|
4854 | msgstr "" | |
4247 | "\n" |
|
4855 | ||
|
4856 | msgid "" | |||
4248 | " Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working\n" |
|
4857 | " Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working\n" | |
4249 | " directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is\n" |
|
4858 | " directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is\n" | |
4250 |
" specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form:: |
|
4859 | " specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form::" | |
4251 | "\n" |
|
4860 | msgstr "" | |
4252 | " (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)\n" |
|
4861 | ||
4253 | "\n" |
|
4862 | msgid " (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)" | |
|
4863 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4864 | ||||
|
4865 | msgid "" | |||
4254 | " You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.\n" |
|
4866 | " You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.\n" | |
4255 | " Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message as\n" |
|
4867 | " Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message as\n" | |
4256 |
" $1 and the patch as $2. |
|
4868 | " $1 and the patch as $2." | |
4257 | "\n" |
|
4869 | msgstr "" | |
|
4870 | ||||
|
4871 | msgid "" | |||
4258 | " If --source/-s is specified, selects changesets from the named\n" |
|
4872 | " If --source/-s is specified, selects changesets from the named\n" | |
4259 | " repository. If --branch/-b is specified, selects changesets from\n" |
|
4873 | " repository. If --branch/-b is specified, selects changesets from\n" | |
4260 | " the branch holding the named revision, up to that revision. If\n" |
|
4874 | " the branch holding the named revision, up to that revision. If\n" | |
4261 | " --all/-a is specified, all changesets on the branch will be\n" |
|
4875 | " --all/-a is specified, all changesets on the branch will be\n" | |
4262 | " transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the\n" |
|
4876 | " transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the\n" | |
4263 |
" changesets you want. |
|
4877 | " changesets you want." | |
4264 | "\n" |
|
4878 | msgstr "" | |
|
4879 | ||||
|
4880 | msgid "" | |||
4265 | " hg transplant --branch REVISION --all will rebase the selected\n" |
|
4881 | " hg transplant --branch REVISION --all will rebase the selected\n" | |
4266 | " branch (up to the named revision) onto your current working\n" |
|
4882 | " branch (up to the named revision) onto your current working\n" | |
4267 |
" directory. |
|
4883 | " directory." | |
4268 | "\n" |
|
4884 | msgstr "" | |
|
4885 | ||||
|
4886 | msgid "" | |||
4269 | " You can optionally mark selected transplanted changesets as merge\n" |
|
4887 | " You can optionally mark selected transplanted changesets as merge\n" | |
4270 | " changesets. You will not be prompted to transplant any ancestors\n" |
|
4888 | " changesets. You will not be prompted to transplant any ancestors\n" | |
4271 | " of a merged transplant, and you can merge descendants of them\n" |
|
4889 | " of a merged transplant, and you can merge descendants of them\n" | |
4272 |
" normally instead of transplanting them. |
|
4890 | " normally instead of transplanting them." | |
4273 | "\n" |
|
4891 | msgstr "" | |
|
4892 | ||||
|
4893 | msgid "" | |||
4274 | " If no merges or revisions are provided, hg transplant will start\n" |
|
4894 | " If no merges or revisions are provided, hg transplant will start\n" | |
4275 |
" an interactive changeset browser. |
|
4895 | " an interactive changeset browser." | |
4276 | "\n" |
|
4896 | msgstr "" | |
|
4897 | ||||
|
4898 | msgid "" | |||
4277 | " If a changeset application fails, you can fix the merge by hand\n" |
|
4899 | " If a changeset application fails, you can fix the merge by hand\n" | |
4278 | " and then resume where you left off by calling hg transplant\n" |
|
4900 | " and then resume where you left off by calling hg transplant\n" | |
4279 | " --continue/-c.\n" |
|
4901 | " --continue/-c.\n" | |
@@ -4325,38 +4947,49 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
4325 | msgid "filter changesets through FILTER" |
|
4947 | msgid "filter changesets through FILTER" | |
4326 | msgstr "" |
|
4948 | msgstr "" | |
4327 |
|
4949 | |||
4328 | msgid "" |
|
4950 | msgid "hg transplant [-s REPOSITORY] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..." | |
4329 | "hg transplant [-s REPOSITORY] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..." |
|
4951 | msgstr "" | |
4330 | msgstr "" |
|
4952 | ||
4331 |
|
4953 | msgid "allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings" | ||
4332 |
msg |
|
4954 | msgstr "" | |
4333 | "allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings\n" |
|
4955 | ||
4334 | "\n" |
|
4956 | msgid "" | |
4335 | "Some MBCS encodings are not good for some path operations (i.e.\n" |
|
4957 | "Some MBCS encodings are not good for some path operations (i.e.\n" | |
4336 | "splitting path, case conversion, etc.) with its encoded bytes. We call\n" |
|
4958 | "splitting path, case conversion, etc.) with its encoded bytes. We call\n" | |
4337 | "such a encoding (i.e. shift_jis and big5) as \"problematic encoding\".\n" |
|
4959 | "such a encoding (i.e. shift_jis and big5) as \"problematic encoding\".\n" | |
4338 | "This extension can be used to fix the issue with those encodings by\n" |
|
4960 | "This extension can be used to fix the issue with those encodings by\n" | |
4339 | "wrapping some functions to convert to Unicode string before path\n" |
|
4961 | "wrapping some functions to convert to Unicode string before path\n" | |
4340 |
"operation. |
|
4962 | "operation." | |
4341 | "\n" |
|
4963 | msgstr "" | |
4342 | "This extension is useful for:\n" |
|
4964 | ||
4343 | "\n" |
|
4965 | msgid "This extension is useful for:" | |
|
4966 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4967 | ||||
|
4968 | msgid "" | |||
4344 | "- Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.\n" |
|
4969 | "- Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.\n" | |
4345 | "- Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.\n" |
|
4970 | "- Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.\n" | |
4346 | "- All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on\n" |
|
4971 | "- All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on\n" | |
4347 |
" case-insensitive file system. |
|
4972 | " case-insensitive file system." | |
4348 | "\n" |
|
4973 | msgstr "" | |
4349 | "This extension is not needed for:\n" |
|
4974 | ||
4350 | "\n" |
|
4975 | msgid "This extension is not needed for:" | |
|
4976 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4977 | ||||
|
4978 | msgid "" | |||
4351 | "- Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.\n" |
|
4979 | "- Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.\n" | |
4352 |
"- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings. |
|
4980 | "- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings." | |
4353 | "\n" |
|
4981 | msgstr "" | |
4354 | "Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:\n" |
|
4982 | ||
4355 | "\n" |
|
4983 | msgid "Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:" | |
|
4984 | msgstr "" | |||
|
4985 | ||||
|
4986 | msgid "" | |||
4356 | "- You should use single encoding in one repository.\n" |
|
4987 | "- You should use single encoding in one repository.\n" | |
4357 | "- You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or\n" |
|
4988 | "- You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or\n" | |
4358 |
" HGENCODING. |
|
4989 | " HGENCODING." | |
4359 | "\n" |
|
4990 | msgstr "" | |
|
4991 | ||||
|
4992 | msgid "" | |||
4360 | "Path encoding conversion are done between Unicode and\n" |
|
4993 | "Path encoding conversion are done between Unicode and\n" | |
4361 | "encoding.encoding which is decided by Mercurial from current locale\n" |
|
4994 | "encoding.encoding which is decided by Mercurial from current locale\n" | |
4362 | "setting or HGENCODING.\n" |
|
4995 | "setting or HGENCODING.\n" | |
@@ -4369,31 +5002,41 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
4369 | msgid "[win32mbcs] cannot activate on this platform.\n" |
|
5002 | msgid "[win32mbcs] cannot activate on this platform.\n" | |
4370 | msgstr "" |
|
5003 | msgstr "" | |
4371 |
|
5004 | |||
4372 | msgid "" |
|
5005 | msgid "perform automatic newline conversion" | |
4373 | "perform automatic newline conversion\n" |
|
5006 | msgstr "" | |
4374 | "\n" |
|
5007 | ||
4375 |
"To perform automatic newline conversion, use:: |
|
5008 | msgid "To perform automatic newline conversion, use::" | |
4376 | "\n" |
|
5009 | msgstr "" | |
|
5010 | ||||
|
5011 | msgid "" | |||
4377 | " [extensions]\n" |
|
5012 | " [extensions]\n" | |
4378 | " win32text =\n" |
|
5013 | " win32text =\n" | |
4379 | " [encode]\n" |
|
5014 | " [encode]\n" | |
4380 | " ** = cleverencode:\n" |
|
5015 | " ** = cleverencode:\n" | |
4381 |
" # or ** = macencode: |
|
5016 | " # or ** = macencode:" | |
4382 | "\n" |
|
5017 | msgstr "" | |
|
5018 | ||||
|
5019 | msgid "" | |||
4383 | " [decode]\n" |
|
5020 | " [decode]\n" | |
4384 | " ** = cleverdecode:\n" |
|
5021 | " ** = cleverdecode:\n" | |
4385 |
" # or ** = macdecode: |
|
5022 | " # or ** = macdecode:" | |
4386 | "\n" |
|
5023 | msgstr "" | |
4387 | "If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by " |
|
5024 | ||
4388 | "accident::\n" |
|
5025 | msgid "If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by accident::" | |
4389 | "\n" |
|
5026 | msgstr "" | |
|
5027 | ||||
|
5028 | msgid "" | |||
4390 | " [hooks]\n" |
|
5029 | " [hooks]\n" | |
4391 | " pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n" |
|
5030 | " pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n" | |
4392 |
" # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr |
|
5031 | " # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr" | |
4393 | "\n" |
|
5032 | msgstr "" | |
|
5033 | ||||
|
5034 | msgid "" | |||
4394 | "To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being\n" |
|
5035 | "To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being\n" | |
4395 |
"pushed or pulled:: |
|
5036 | "pushed or pulled::" | |
4396 | "\n" |
|
5037 | msgstr "" | |
|
5038 | ||||
|
5039 | msgid "" | |||
4397 | " [hooks]\n" |
|
5040 | " [hooks]\n" | |
4398 | " pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n" |
|
5041 | " pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n" | |
4399 | " # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n" |
|
5042 | " # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n" | |
@@ -4419,13 +5062,21 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
4419 | msgid "" |
|
5062 | msgid "" | |
4420 | "\n" |
|
5063 | "\n" | |
4421 | "To prevent this mistake in your local repository,\n" |
|
5064 | "To prevent this mistake in your local repository,\n" | |
4422 |
"add to Mercurial.ini or .hg/hgrc: |
|
5065 | "add to Mercurial.ini or .hg/hgrc:" | |
4423 | "\n" |
|
5066 | msgstr "" | |
|
5067 | ||||
|
5068 | #, python-format | |||
|
5069 | msgid "" | |||
4424 | "[hooks]\n" |
|
5070 | "[hooks]\n" | |
4425 |
"pretxncommit.%s = python:hgext.win32text.forbid%s |
|
5071 | "pretxncommit.%s = python:hgext.win32text.forbid%s" | |
4426 | "\n" |
|
5072 | msgstr "" | |
4427 | "and also consider adding:\n" |
|
5073 | ||
4428 | "\n" |
|
5074 | #, python-format | |
|
5075 | msgid "and also consider adding:" | |||
|
5076 | msgstr "" | |||
|
5077 | ||||
|
5078 | #, python-format | |||
|
5079 | msgid "" | |||
4429 | "[extensions]\n" |
|
5080 | "[extensions]\n" | |
4430 | "win32text =\n" |
|
5081 | "win32text =\n" | |
4431 | "[encode]\n" |
|
5082 | "[encode]\n" | |
@@ -4434,21 +5085,29 b' msgid ""' | |||||
4434 | "** = %sdecode:\n" |
|
5085 | "** = %sdecode:\n" | |
4435 | msgstr "" |
|
5086 | msgstr "" | |
4436 |
|
5087 | |||
4437 | msgid "" |
|
5088 | msgid "discover and advertise repositories on the local network" | |
4438 | "discover and advertise repositories on the local network\n" |
|
5089 | msgstr "" | |
4439 | "\n" |
|
5090 | ||
|
5091 | msgid "" | |||
4440 | "Zeroconf enabled repositories will be announced in a network without\n" |
|
5092 | "Zeroconf enabled repositories will be announced in a network without\n" | |
4441 | "the need to configure a server or a service. They can be discovered\n" |
|
5093 | "the need to configure a server or a service. They can be discovered\n" | |
4442 |
"without knowing their actual IP address. |
|
5094 | "without knowing their actual IP address." | |
4443 | "\n" |
|
5095 | msgstr "" | |
|
5096 | ||||
|
5097 | msgid "" | |||
4444 | "To allow other people to discover your repository using run \"hg serve\"\n" |
|
5098 | "To allow other people to discover your repository using run \"hg serve\"\n" | |
4445 |
"in your repository:: |
|
5099 | "in your repository::" | |
4446 | "\n" |
|
5100 | msgstr "" | |
|
5101 | ||||
|
5102 | msgid "" | |||
4447 | " $ cd test\n" |
|
5103 | " $ cd test\n" | |
4448 |
" $ hg serve |
|
5104 | " $ hg serve" | |
4449 | "\n" |
|
5105 | msgstr "" | |
4450 | "You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\"::\n" |
|
5106 | ||
4451 | "\n" |
|
5107 | msgid "You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\"::" | |
|
5108 | msgstr "" | |||
|
5109 | ||||
|
5110 | msgid "" | |||
4452 | " $ hg paths\n" |
|
5111 | " $ hg paths\n" | |
4453 | " zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n" |
|
5112 | " zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n" | |
4454 | msgstr "" |
|
5113 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -4708,39 +5367,54 b' msgid "empty commit message"' | |||||
4708 | msgstr "" |
|
5367 | msgstr "" | |
4709 |
|
5368 | |||
4710 | #, fuzzy |
|
5369 | #, fuzzy | |
4711 | msgid "" |
|
5370 | msgid "add the specified files on the next commit" | |
4712 | "add the specified files on the next commit\n" |
|
5371 | msgstr "新增下次要 commit 的檔案" | |
4713 | "\n" |
|
5372 | ||
|
5373 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5374 | msgid "" | |||
4714 | " Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the\n" |
|
5375 | " Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the\n" | |
4715 |
" repository. |
|
5376 | " repository." | |
4716 | "\n" |
|
5377 | msgstr " 新增要納入版本控制並加到 repository 的檔案。" | |
|
5378 | ||||
|
5379 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5380 | msgid "" | |||
4717 | " The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To\n" |
|
5381 | " The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To\n" | |
4718 |
" undo an add before that, see hg forget. |
|
5382 | " undo an add before that, see hg forget." | |
4719 | "\n" |
|
5383 | msgstr "" | |
|
5384 | " 這些檔案將於下次 commit 時被加到 repository。\n" | |||
|
5385 | " 若想要回到新增檔案前的狀態,請參閱 hg revert 命令。" | |||
|
5386 | ||||
|
5387 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5388 | msgid "" | |||
4720 | " If no names are given, add all files to the repository.\n" |
|
5389 | " If no names are given, add all files to the repository.\n" | |
4721 | " " |
|
5390 | " " | |
4722 | msgstr "" |
|
5391 | msgstr "" | |
4723 | "新增下次要 commit 的檔案\n" |
|
|||
4724 | "\n" |
|
|||
4725 | " 新增要納入版本控制並加到 repository 的檔案。\n" |
|
|||
4726 | "\n" |
|
|||
4727 | " 這些檔案將於下次 commit 時被加到 repository。\n" |
|
|||
4728 | " 若想要回到新增檔案前的狀態,請參閱 hg revert 命令。\n" |
|
|||
4729 | "\n" |
|
|||
4730 | " 如果沒有指定檔案,則會將所有的檔案都標示為加到 repository。\n" |
|
5392 | " 如果沒有指定檔案,則會將所有的檔案都標示為加到 repository。\n" | |
4731 | " " |
|
5393 | " " | |
4732 |
|
5394 | |||
4733 | #, fuzzy |
|
5395 | #, fuzzy | |
4734 | msgid "" |
|
5396 | msgid "add all new files, delete all missing files" | |
4735 | "add all new files, delete all missing files\n" |
|
5397 | msgstr "新增所有未受版本控制的檔案,並刪除所有消失的檔案。" | |
4736 | "\n" |
|
5398 | ||
|
5399 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5400 | msgid "" | |||
4737 | " Add all new files and remove all missing files from the\n" |
|
5401 | " Add all new files and remove all missing files from the\n" | |
4738 |
" repository. |
|
5402 | " repository." | |
4739 | "\n" |
|
5403 | msgstr "" | |
|
5404 | " 新增所有未加到 repository 的檔案,並移除已加到 repository\n" | |||
|
5405 | " 卻消失的檔案。" | |||
|
5406 | ||||
|
5407 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5408 | msgid "" | |||
4740 | " New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in\n" |
|
5409 | " New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in\n" | |
4741 | " .hgignore. As with add, these changes take effect at the next\n" |
|
5410 | " .hgignore. As with add, these changes take effect at the next\n" | |
4742 |
" commit. |
|
5411 | " commit." | |
4743 | "\n" |
|
5412 | msgstr "" | |
|
5413 | " 如果新的檔案中檔名有符合任一存在於 .hgignore 的樣式,\n" | |||
|
5414 | " 則該檔將被忽略。如同 add 命令,這些變更將於下次提交時發生效用。" | |||
|
5415 | ||||
|
5416 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5417 | msgid "" | |||
4744 | " Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a\n" |
|
5418 | " Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a\n" | |
4745 | " parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with\n" |
|
5419 | " parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with\n" | |
4746 | " every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This\n" |
|
5420 | " every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This\n" | |
@@ -4749,14 +5423,6 b' msgid ""' | |||||
4749 | " can be expensive.\n" |
|
5423 | " can be expensive.\n" | |
4750 | " " |
|
5424 | " " | |
4751 | msgstr "" |
|
5425 | msgstr "" | |
4752 | "新增所有未受版本控制的檔案,並刪除所有消失的檔案。\n" |
|
|||
4753 | "\n" |
|
|||
4754 | " 新增所有未加到 repository 的檔案,並移除已加到 repository\n" |
|
|||
4755 | " 卻消失的檔案。\n" |
|
|||
4756 | "\n" |
|
|||
4757 | " 如果新的檔案中檔名有符合任一存在於 .hgignore 的樣式,\n" |
|
|||
4758 | " 則該檔將被忽略。如同 add 命令,這些變更將於下次提交時發生效用。\n" |
|
|||
4759 | "\n" |
|
|||
4760 | " 可使用 -s/--similarity 選項去偵測更名的檔案。後面接著的是一個\n" |
|
5426 | " 可使用 -s/--similarity 選項去偵測更名的檔案。後面接著的是一個\n" | |
4761 | " 大於 0 的參數,可用來比對每個被新增或移除的檔案,並試圖找出其\n" |
|
5427 | " 大於 0 的參數,可用來比對每個被新增或移除的檔案,並試圖找出其\n" | |
4762 | " 更名的可能性。此選項需要指定一個介於 0 (不使用) 至\n" |
|
5428 | " 更名的可能性。此選項需要指定一個介於 0 (不使用) 至\n" | |
@@ -4770,29 +5436,30 b' msgstr "similarity \xe5\x8f\x83\xe6\x95\xb8\xe5\xbf\x85\xe9\xa0\x88\xe6\x98\xaf\xe6\x95\xb8\xe5\xad\x97"' | |||||
4770 | msgid "similarity must be between 0 and 100" |
|
5436 | msgid "similarity must be between 0 and 100" | |
4771 | msgstr "similarity 參數必須介於 0 至 100" |
|
5437 | msgstr "similarity 參數必須介於 0 至 100" | |
4772 |
|
5438 | |||
4773 | msgid "" |
|
5439 | msgid "show changeset information by line for each file" | |
4774 | "show changeset information by line for each file\n" |
|
5440 | msgstr "顯示每個檔案中每一行 changeset 的資訊" | |
4775 | "\n" |
|
5441 | ||
|
5442 | msgid "" | |||
|
5443 | " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n" | |||
|
5444 | " each line" | |||
|
5445 | msgstr "" | |||
4776 | " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n" |
|
5446 | " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n" | |
4777 |
" each line |
|
5447 | " each line" | |
4778 | "\n" |
|
5448 | ||
|
5449 | msgid "" | |||
4779 | " This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n" |
|
5450 | " This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n" | |
4780 |
" by whom. |
|
5451 | " by whom." | |
4781 | "\n" |
|
5452 | msgstr "" | |
|
5453 | " This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n" | |||
|
5454 | " by whom." | |||
|
5455 | ||||
|
5456 | msgid "" | |||
4782 | " Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n" |
|
5457 | " Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n" | |
4783 | " it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n" |
|
5458 | " it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n" | |
4784 | " anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n" |
|
5459 | " anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n" | |
4785 | " nor desirable.\n" |
|
5460 | " nor desirable.\n" | |
4786 | " " |
|
5461 | " " | |
4787 | msgstr "" |
|
5462 | msgstr "" | |
4788 | "顯示每個檔案中每一行 changeset 的資訊\n" |
|
|||
4789 | "\n" |
|
|||
4790 | " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n" |
|
|||
4791 | " each line\n" |
|
|||
4792 | "\n" |
|
|||
4793 | " This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n" |
|
|||
4794 | " by whom.\n" |
|
|||
4795 | "\n" |
|
|||
4796 | " Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n" |
|
5463 | " Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n" | |
4797 | " it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n" |
|
5464 | " it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n" | |
4798 | " anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n" |
|
5465 | " anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n" | |
@@ -4810,49 +5477,57 b' msgid "%s: binary file\\n"' | |||||
4810 | msgstr "" |
|
5477 | msgstr "" | |
4811 |
|
5478 | |||
4812 | #, fuzzy |
|
5479 | #, fuzzy | |
4813 | msgid "" |
|
5480 | msgid "create an unversioned archive of a repository revision" | |
4814 | "create an unversioned archive of a repository revision\n" |
|
5481 | msgstr "建立一個沒有版本控制的版本封存" | |
4815 | "\n" |
|
5482 | ||
|
5483 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5484 | msgid "" | |||
|
5485 | " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n" | |||
|
5486 | " directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision." | |||
|
5487 | msgstr "" | |||
4816 | " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n" |
|
5488 | " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n" | |
4817 |
" directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision. |
|
5489 | " directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision." | |
4818 | "\n" |
|
5490 | ||
|
5491 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5492 | msgid "" | |||
4819 | " To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n" |
|
5493 | " To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n" | |
4820 |
" types are:: |
|
5494 | " types are::" | |
4821 | "\n" |
|
5495 | msgstr "" | |
|
5496 | " To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n" | |||
|
5497 | " types are:" | |||
|
5498 | ||||
|
5499 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5500 | msgid "" | |||
4822 | " \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n" |
|
5501 | " \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n" | |
4823 | " \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n" |
|
5502 | " \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n" | |
4824 | " \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n" |
|
5503 | " \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n" | |
4825 | " \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n" |
|
5504 | " \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n" | |
4826 | " \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n" |
|
5505 | " \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n" | |
4827 |
" \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate |
|
5506 | " \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate" | |
4828 | "\n" |
|
5507 | msgstr "" | |
4829 | " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n" |
|
|||
4830 | " using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details.\n" |
|
|||
4831 | "\n" |
|
|||
4832 | " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n" |
|
|||
4833 | " prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n" |
|
|||
4834 | " prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n" |
|
|||
4835 | " removed.\n" |
|
|||
4836 | " " |
|
|||
4837 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
4838 | "建立一個沒有版本控制的版本封存\n" |
|
|||
4839 | "\n" |
|
|||
4840 | " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n" |
|
|||
4841 | " directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision.\n" |
|
|||
4842 | "\n" |
|
|||
4843 | " To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n" |
|
|||
4844 | " types are:\n" |
|
|||
4845 | "\n" |
|
|||
4846 | " \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n" |
|
5508 | " \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n" | |
4847 | " \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n" |
|
5509 | " \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n" | |
4848 | " \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n" |
|
5510 | " \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n" | |
4849 | " \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n" |
|
5511 | " \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n" | |
4850 | " \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n" |
|
5512 | " \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n" | |
4851 |
" \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate |
|
5513 | " \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate" | |
4852 | "\n" |
|
5514 | ||
|
5515 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5516 | msgid "" | |||
|
5517 | " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n" | |||
|
5518 | " using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details." | |||
|
5519 | msgstr "" | |||
4853 | " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n" |
|
5520 | " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n" | |
4854 |
" using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details. |
|
5521 | " using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details." | |
4855 | "\n" |
|
5522 | ||
|
5523 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5524 | msgid "" | |||
|
5525 | " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n" | |||
|
5526 | " prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n" | |||
|
5527 | " prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n" | |||
|
5528 | " removed.\n" | |||
|
5529 | " " | |||
|
5530 | msgstr "" | |||
4856 | " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n" |
|
5531 | " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n" | |
4857 | " prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n" |
|
5532 | " prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n" | |
4858 | " prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n" |
|
5533 | " prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n" | |
@@ -4868,40 +5543,35 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
4868 | msgid "cannot archive plain files to stdout" |
|
5543 | msgid "cannot archive plain files to stdout" | |
4869 | msgstr "" |
|
5544 | msgstr "" | |
4870 |
|
5545 | |||
4871 | msgid "" |
|
5546 | msgid "reverse effect of earlier changeset" | |
4872 | "reverse effect of earlier changeset\n" |
|
5547 | msgstr "回復先前 changeset 所作的變更" | |
4873 | "\n" |
|
5548 | ||
|
5549 | msgid "" | |||
4874 | " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n" |
|
5550 | " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n" | |
4875 |
" changeset is a child of the backed out changeset. |
|
5551 | " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset." | |
4876 | "\n" |
|
5552 | msgstr "" | |
|
5553 | " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n" | |||
|
5554 | " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset." | |||
|
5555 | ||||
|
5556 | msgid "" | |||
4877 | " If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n" |
|
5557 | " If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n" | |
4878 | " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n" |
|
5558 | " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n" | |
4879 |
" backout changeset with another head. |
|
5559 | " backout changeset with another head." | |
4880 | "\n" |
|
5560 | msgstr "" | |
|
5561 | " If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n" | |||
|
5562 | " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n" | |||
|
5563 | " backout changeset with another head." | |||
|
5564 | ||||
|
5565 | msgid "" | |||
4881 | " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n" |
|
5566 | " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n" | |
4882 | " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n" |
|
5567 | " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n" | |
4883 | " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n" |
|
5568 | " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n" | |
4884 |
" The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge. |
|
5569 | " The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge." | |
4885 | "\n" |
|
5570 | msgstr "" | |
4886 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
|||
4887 | " " |
|
|||
4888 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
4889 | "回復先前 changeset 所作的變更\n" |
|
|||
4890 | "\n" |
|
|||
4891 | " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n" |
|
|||
4892 | " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset.\n" |
|
|||
4893 | "\n" |
|
|||
4894 | " If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n" |
|
|||
4895 | " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n" |
|
|||
4896 | " backout changeset with another head.\n" |
|
|||
4897 | "\n" |
|
|||
4898 | " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n" |
|
5571 | " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n" | |
4899 | " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n" |
|
5572 | " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n" | |
4900 | " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n" |
|
5573 | " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n" | |
4901 |
" The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge. |
|
5574 | " The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge." | |
4902 | "\n" |
|
|||
4903 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
|||
4904 | " " |
|
|||
4905 |
|
5575 | |||
4906 | msgid "please specify just one revision" |
|
5576 | msgid "please specify just one revision" | |
4907 | msgstr "" |
|
5577 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -4939,9 +5609,10 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
4939 | msgid "(use \"backout --merge\" if you want to auto-merge)\n" |
|
5609 | msgid "(use \"backout --merge\" if you want to auto-merge)\n" | |
4940 | msgstr "" |
|
5610 | msgstr "" | |
4941 |
|
5611 | |||
4942 | msgid "" |
|
5612 | msgid "subdivision search of changesets" | |
4943 | "subdivision search of changesets\n" |
|
5613 | msgstr "對 changesets 作二分法搜尋" | |
4944 | "\n" |
|
5614 | ||
|
5615 | msgid "" | |||
4945 | " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n" |
|
5616 | " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n" | |
4946 | " use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n" |
|
5617 | " use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n" | |
4947 | " bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n" |
|
5618 | " bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n" | |
@@ -4949,20 +5620,8 b' msgid ""' | |||||
4949 | " for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n" |
|
5620 | " for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n" | |
4950 | " you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n" |
|
5621 | " you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n" | |
4951 | " bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n" |
|
5622 | " bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n" | |
4952 |
" or announce that it has found the bad revision. |
|
5623 | " or announce that it has found the bad revision." | |
4953 | "\n" |
|
5624 | msgstr "" | |
4954 | " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n" |
|
|||
4955 | " revision as good or bad without checking it out first.\n" |
|
|||
4956 | "\n" |
|
|||
4957 | " If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n" |
|
|||
4958 | " Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n" |
|
|||
4959 | " status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n" |
|
|||
4960 | " (command not found) will abort the bisection, and any other\n" |
|
|||
4961 | " non-zero exit status means the revision is bad.\n" |
|
|||
4962 | " " |
|
|||
4963 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
4964 | "對 changesets 作二分法搜尋\n" |
|
|||
4965 | "\n" |
|
|||
4966 | " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n" |
|
5625 | " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n" | |
4967 | " use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n" |
|
5626 | " use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n" | |
4968 | " bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n" |
|
5627 | " bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n" | |
@@ -4970,11 +5629,23 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
4970 | " for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n" |
|
5629 | " for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n" | |
4971 | " you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n" |
|
5630 | " you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n" | |
4972 | " bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n" |
|
5631 | " bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n" | |
4973 |
" or announce that it has found the bad revision. |
|
5632 | " or announce that it has found the bad revision." | |
4974 | "\n" |
|
5633 | ||
|
5634 | msgid "" | |||
|
5635 | " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n" | |||
|
5636 | " revision as good or bad without checking it out first." | |||
|
5637 | msgstr "" | |||
4975 | " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n" |
|
5638 | " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n" | |
4976 |
" revision as good or bad without checking it out first. |
|
5639 | " revision as good or bad without checking it out first." | |
4977 | "\n" |
|
5640 | ||
|
5641 | msgid "" | |||
|
5642 | " If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n" | |||
|
5643 | " Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n" | |||
|
5644 | " status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n" | |||
|
5645 | " (command not found) will abort the bisection, and any other\n" | |||
|
5646 | " non-zero exit status means the revision is bad.\n" | |||
|
5647 | " " | |||
|
5648 | msgstr "" | |||
4978 | " If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n" |
|
5649 | " If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n" | |
4979 | " Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n" |
|
5650 | " Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n" | |
4980 | " status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n" |
|
5651 | " status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n" | |
@@ -5023,41 +5694,47 b' msgid "Testing changeset %d:%s (%d chang' | |||||
5023 | msgstr "" |
|
5694 | msgstr "" | |
5024 |
|
5695 | |||
5025 | #, fuzzy |
|
5696 | #, fuzzy | |
5026 | msgid "" |
|
5697 | msgid "set or show the current branch name" | |
5027 | "set or show the current branch name\n" |
|
5698 | msgstr "設定或顯示目前的 branch 名稱" | |
5028 | "\n" |
|
5699 | ||
|
5700 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5701 | msgid "" | |||
|
5702 | " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n" | |||
|
5703 | " set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n" | |||
|
5704 | " in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n" | |||
|
5705 | " recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n" | |||
|
5706 | " branch." | |||
|
5707 | msgstr "" | |||
5029 | " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n" |
|
5708 | " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n" | |
5030 | " set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n" |
|
5709 | " set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n" | |
5031 | " in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n" |
|
5710 | " in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n" | |
5032 | " recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n" |
|
5711 | " recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n" | |
5033 |
" branch. |
|
5712 | " branch." | |
5034 | "\n" |
|
5713 | ||
|
5714 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5715 | msgid "" | |||
5035 | " Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n" |
|
5716 | " Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n" | |
5036 |
" branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive. |
|
5717 | " branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive." | |
5037 | "\n" |
|
5718 | msgstr "" | |
|
5719 | " Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n" | |||
|
5720 | " branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive." | |||
|
5721 | ||||
|
5722 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5723 | msgid "" | |||
5038 | " Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n" |
|
5724 | " Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n" | |
5039 | " the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n" |
|
5725 | " the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n" | |
5040 |
" change. |
|
5726 | " change." | |
5041 | "\n" |
|
5727 | msgstr "" | |
|
5728 | " Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n" | |||
|
5729 | " the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n" | |||
|
5730 | " change." | |||
|
5731 | ||||
|
5732 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5733 | msgid "" | |||
5042 | " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch. Use\n" |
|
5734 | " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch. Use\n" | |
5043 | " 'hg commit --close-branch' to mark this branch as closed.\n" |
|
5735 | " 'hg commit --close-branch' to mark this branch as closed.\n" | |
5044 | " " |
|
5736 | " " | |
5045 | msgstr "" |
|
5737 | msgstr "" | |
5046 | "設定或顯示目前的 branch 名稱\n" |
|
|||
5047 | "\n" |
|
|||
5048 | " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n" |
|
|||
5049 | " set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n" |
|
|||
5050 | " in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n" |
|
|||
5051 | " recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n" |
|
|||
5052 | " branch.\n" |
|
|||
5053 | "\n" |
|
|||
5054 | " Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n" |
|
|||
5055 | " branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive.\n" |
|
|||
5056 | "\n" |
|
|||
5057 | " Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n" |
|
|||
5058 | " the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n" |
|
|||
5059 | " change.\n" |
|
|||
5060 | "\n" |
|
|||
5061 | " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n" |
|
5738 | " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n" | |
5062 | " " |
|
5739 | " " | |
5063 |
|
5740 | |||
@@ -5073,32 +5750,62 b' msgid "marked working directory as branc' | |||||
5073 | msgstr "" |
|
5750 | msgstr "" | |
5074 |
|
5751 | |||
5075 | #, fuzzy |
|
5752 | #, fuzzy | |
5076 | msgid "" |
|
5753 | msgid "list repository named branches" | |
5077 |
|
|
5754 | msgstr "顯示 repository 的 named branches" | |
5078 | "\n" |
|
5755 | ||
|
5756 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5757 | msgid "" | |||
5079 | " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n" |
|
5758 | " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n" | |
5080 | " inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have\n" |
|
5759 | " inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have\n" | |
5081 |
" been marked closed (see hg commit --close-branch). |
|
5760 | " been marked closed (see hg commit --close-branch)." | |
5082 | "\n" |
|
5761 | msgstr "" | |
5083 | " If -a/--active is specified, only show active branches. A branch\n" |
|
|||
5084 | " is considered active if it contains repository heads.\n" |
|
|||
5085 | "\n" |
|
|||
5086 | " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n" |
|
|||
5087 | " " |
|
|||
5088 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
5089 | "顯示 repository 的 named branches\n" |
|
|||
5090 | "\n" |
|
|||
5091 | " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n" |
|
5762 | " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n" | |
5092 |
" inactive. If active is specified, only show active branches. |
|
5763 | " inactive. If active is specified, only show active branches." | |
5093 | "\n" |
|
5764 | ||
5094 | " A branch is considered active if it contains repository heads.\n" |
|
5765 | #, fuzzy | |
5095 | "\n" |
|
5766 | msgid "" | |
|
5767 | " If -a/--active is specified, only show active branches. A branch\n" | |||
|
5768 | " is considered active if it contains repository heads." | |||
|
5769 | msgstr " A branch is considered active if it contains repository heads." | |||
|
5770 | ||||
|
5771 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5772 | msgid "" | |||
|
5773 | " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n" | |||
|
5774 | " " | |||
|
5775 | msgstr "" | |||
5096 | " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n" |
|
5776 | " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n" | |
5097 | " " |
|
5777 | " " | |
5098 |
|
5778 | |||
5099 | #, fuzzy |
|
5779 | #, fuzzy | |
5100 | msgid "" |
|
5780 | msgid "create a changegroup file" | |
5101 | "create a changegroup file\n" |
|
5781 | msgstr "" | |
|
5782 | "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n" | |||
|
5783 | "\n" | |||
|
5784 | " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n" | |||
|
5785 | " known to be in another repository.\n" | |||
|
5786 | "\n" | |||
|
5787 | " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n" | |||
|
5788 | " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n" | |||
|
5789 | " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n" | |||
|
5790 | " -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n" | |||
|
5791 | " applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n" | |||
|
5792 | " compressed using bz2).\n" | |||
|
5793 | "\n" | |||
|
5794 | " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n" | |||
|
5795 | " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n" | |||
|
5796 | " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n" | |||
|
5797 | " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n" | |||
|
5798 | "\n" | |||
|
5799 | " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n" | |||
|
5800 | " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n" | |||
|
5801 | " " | |||
|
5802 | ||||
|
5803 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5804 | msgid "" | |||
|
5805 | " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n" | |||
|
5806 | " known to be in another repository." | |||
|
5807 | msgstr "" | |||
|
5808 | "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n" | |||
5102 | "\n" |
|
5809 | "\n" | |
5103 | " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n" |
|
5810 | " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n" | |
5104 | " known to be in another repository.\n" |
|
5811 | " known to be in another repository.\n" | |
@@ -5106,11 +5813,37 b' msgid ""' | |||||
5106 | " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n" |
|
5813 | " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n" | |
5107 | " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n" |
|
5814 | " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n" | |
5108 | " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n" |
|
5815 | " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n" | |
5109 | " -a/--all (or --base null).\n" |
|
5816 | " -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n" | |
5110 | "\n" |
|
5817 | " applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n" | |
5111 | " You can change compression method with the -t/--type option.\n" |
|
5818 | " compressed using bz2).\n" | |
5112 | " The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, and\n" |
|
5819 | "\n" | |
5113 | " gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2).\n" |
|
5820 | " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n" | |
|
5821 | " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n" | |||
|
5822 | " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n" | |||
|
5823 | " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n" | |||
|
5824 | "\n" | |||
|
5825 | " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n" | |||
|
5826 | " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n" | |||
|
5827 | " " | |||
|
5828 | ||||
|
5829 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5830 | msgid "" | |||
|
5831 | " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n" | |||
|
5832 | " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n" | |||
|
5833 | " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n" | |||
|
5834 | " -a/--all (or --base null)." | |||
|
5835 | msgstr "" | |||
|
5836 | "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n" | |||
|
5837 | "\n" | |||
|
5838 | " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n" | |||
|
5839 | " known to be in another repository.\n" | |||
|
5840 | "\n" | |||
|
5841 | " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n" | |||
|
5842 | " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n" | |||
|
5843 | " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n" | |||
|
5844 | " -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n" | |||
|
5845 | " applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n" | |||
|
5846 | " compressed using bz2).\n" | |||
5114 | "\n" |
|
5847 | "\n" | |
5115 | " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n" |
|
5848 | " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n" | |
5116 | " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n" |
|
5849 | " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n" | |
@@ -5120,6 +5853,67 b' msgid ""' | |||||
5120 | " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n" |
|
5853 | " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n" | |
5121 | " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n" |
|
5854 | " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n" | |
5122 | " " |
|
5855 | " " | |
|
5856 | ||||
|
5857 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5858 | msgid "" | |||
|
5859 | " You can change compression method with the -t/--type option.\n" | |||
|
5860 | " The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, and\n" | |||
|
5861 | " gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2)." | |||
|
5862 | msgstr "" | |||
|
5863 | "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n" | |||
|
5864 | "\n" | |||
|
5865 | " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n" | |||
|
5866 | " known to be in another repository.\n" | |||
|
5867 | "\n" | |||
|
5868 | " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n" | |||
|
5869 | " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n" | |||
|
5870 | " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n" | |||
|
5871 | " -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n" | |||
|
5872 | " applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n" | |||
|
5873 | " compressed using bz2).\n" | |||
|
5874 | "\n" | |||
|
5875 | " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n" | |||
|
5876 | " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n" | |||
|
5877 | " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n" | |||
|
5878 | " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n" | |||
|
5879 | "\n" | |||
|
5880 | " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n" | |||
|
5881 | " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n" | |||
|
5882 | " " | |||
|
5883 | ||||
|
5884 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5885 | msgid "" | |||
|
5886 | " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n" | |||
|
5887 | " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n" | |||
|
5888 | " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n" | |||
|
5889 | " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable." | |||
|
5890 | msgstr "" | |||
|
5891 | "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n" | |||
|
5892 | "\n" | |||
|
5893 | " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n" | |||
|
5894 | " known to be in another repository.\n" | |||
|
5895 | "\n" | |||
|
5896 | " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n" | |||
|
5897 | " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n" | |||
|
5898 | " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n" | |||
|
5899 | " -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n" | |||
|
5900 | " applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n" | |||
|
5901 | " compressed using bz2).\n" | |||
|
5902 | "\n" | |||
|
5903 | " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n" | |||
|
5904 | " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n" | |||
|
5905 | " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n" | |||
|
5906 | " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n" | |||
|
5907 | "\n" | |||
|
5908 | " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n" | |||
|
5909 | " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n" | |||
|
5910 | " " | |||
|
5911 | ||||
|
5912 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5913 | msgid "" | |||
|
5914 | " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n" | |||
|
5915 | " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n" | |||
|
5916 | " " | |||
5123 | msgstr "" |
|
5917 | msgstr "" | |
5124 | "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n" |
|
5918 | "建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n" | |
5125 | "\n" |
|
5919 | "\n" | |
@@ -5149,40 +5943,147 b' msgid "unknown bundle type specified wit' | |||||
5149 | msgstr "" |
|
5943 | msgstr "" | |
5150 |
|
5944 | |||
5151 | #, fuzzy |
|
5945 | #, fuzzy | |
5152 | msgid "" |
|
5946 | msgid "output the current or given revision of files" | |
5153 | "output the current or given revision of files\n" |
|
5947 | msgstr "輸出目前或是特定 revision 的檔案內容" | |
5154 | "\n" |
|
5948 | ||
|
5949 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5950 | msgid "" | |||
|
5951 | " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n" | |||
|
5952 | " no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n" | |||
|
5953 | " or tip if no revision is checked out." | |||
|
5954 | msgstr "" | |||
5155 | " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n" |
|
5955 | " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n" | |
5156 | " no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n" |
|
5956 | " no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n" | |
5157 |
" or tip if no revision is checked out. |
|
5957 | " or tip if no revision is checked out." | |
5158 | "\n" |
|
5958 | ||
|
5959 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5960 | msgid "" | |||
5159 | " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n" |
|
5961 | " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n" | |
5160 | " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n" |
|
5962 | " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n" | |
5161 |
" for the export command, with the following additions:: |
|
5963 | " for the export command, with the following additions::" | |
5162 | "\n" |
|
5964 | msgstr "" | |
|
5965 | " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n" | |||
|
5966 | " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n" | |||
|
5967 | " for the export command, with the following additions:" | |||
|
5968 | ||||
|
5969 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
5970 | msgid "" | |||
5163 | " %s basename of file being printed\n" |
|
5971 | " %s basename of file being printed\n" | |
5164 | " %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n" |
|
5972 | " %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n" | |
5165 | " %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n" |
|
5973 | " %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n" | |
5166 | " " |
|
5974 | " " | |
5167 | msgstr "" |
|
5975 | msgstr "" | |
5168 | "輸出目前或是特定 revision 的檔案內容\n" |
|
|||
5169 | "\n" |
|
|||
5170 | " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n" |
|
|||
5171 | " no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n" |
|
|||
5172 | " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n" |
|
|||
5173 | "\n" |
|
|||
5174 | " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n" |
|
|||
5175 | " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n" |
|
|||
5176 | " for the export command, with the following additions:\n" |
|
|||
5177 | "\n" |
|
|||
5178 | " %s basename of file being printed\n" |
|
5976 | " %s basename of file being printed\n" | |
5179 | " %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n" |
|
5977 | " %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n" | |
5180 | " %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n" |
|
5978 | " %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n" | |
5181 | " " |
|
5979 | " " | |
5182 |
|
5980 | |||
5183 | #, fuzzy |
|
5981 | #, fuzzy | |
5184 | msgid "" |
|
5982 | msgid "make a copy of an existing repository" | |
5185 | "make a copy of an existing repository\n" |
|
5983 | msgstr "" | |
|
5984 | "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n" | |||
|
5985 | "\n" | |||
|
5986 | " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n" | |||
|
5987 | "\n" | |||
|
5988 | " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |||
|
5989 | " basename of the source.\n" | |||
|
5990 | "\n" | |||
|
5991 | " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n" | |||
|
5992 | " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n" | |||
|
5993 | "\n" | |||
|
5994 | " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n" | |||
|
5995 | " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n" | |||
|
5996 | " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n" | |||
|
5997 | " on local repositories.\n" | |||
|
5998 | "\n" | |||
|
5999 | " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n" | |||
|
6000 | " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n" | |||
|
6001 | " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n" | |||
|
6002 | " parent is the null revision).\n" | |||
|
6003 | "\n" | |||
|
6004 | " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n" | |||
|
6005 | "\n" | |||
|
6006 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n" | |||
|
6007 | " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n" | |||
|
6008 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n" | |||
|
6009 | "\n" | |||
|
6010 | " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n" | |||
|
6011 | " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n" | |||
|
6012 | " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n" | |||
|
6013 | " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n" | |||
|
6014 | " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n" | |||
|
6015 | " avoid hardlinking.\n" | |||
|
6016 | "\n" | |||
|
6017 | " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" | |||
|
6018 | " using full hardlinks with\n" | |||
|
6019 | "\n" | |||
|
6020 | " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" | |||
|
6021 | "\n" | |||
|
6022 | " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n" | |||
|
6023 | " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n" | |||
|
6024 | " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n" | |||
|
6025 | " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" | |||
|
6026 | " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" | |||
|
6027 | " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" | |||
|
6028 | "\n" | |||
|
6029 | " " | |||
|
6030 | ||||
|
6031 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6032 | msgid " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory." | |||
|
6033 | msgstr "" | |||
|
6034 | "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n" | |||
|
6035 | "\n" | |||
|
6036 | " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n" | |||
|
6037 | "\n" | |||
|
6038 | " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |||
|
6039 | " basename of the source.\n" | |||
|
6040 | "\n" | |||
|
6041 | " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n" | |||
|
6042 | " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n" | |||
|
6043 | "\n" | |||
|
6044 | " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n" | |||
|
6045 | " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n" | |||
|
6046 | " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n" | |||
|
6047 | " on local repositories.\n" | |||
|
6048 | "\n" | |||
|
6049 | " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n" | |||
|
6050 | " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n" | |||
|
6051 | " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n" | |||
|
6052 | " parent is the null revision).\n" | |||
|
6053 | "\n" | |||
|
6054 | " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n" | |||
|
6055 | "\n" | |||
|
6056 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n" | |||
|
6057 | " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n" | |||
|
6058 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n" | |||
|
6059 | "\n" | |||
|
6060 | " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n" | |||
|
6061 | " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n" | |||
|
6062 | " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n" | |||
|
6063 | " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n" | |||
|
6064 | " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n" | |||
|
6065 | " avoid hardlinking.\n" | |||
|
6066 | "\n" | |||
|
6067 | " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" | |||
|
6068 | " using full hardlinks with\n" | |||
|
6069 | "\n" | |||
|
6070 | " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" | |||
|
6071 | "\n" | |||
|
6072 | " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n" | |||
|
6073 | " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n" | |||
|
6074 | " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n" | |||
|
6075 | " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" | |||
|
6076 | " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" | |||
|
6077 | " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" | |||
|
6078 | "\n" | |||
|
6079 | " " | |||
|
6080 | ||||
|
6081 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6082 | msgid "" | |||
|
6083 | " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |||
|
6084 | " basename of the source." | |||
|
6085 | msgstr "" | |||
|
6086 | "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n" | |||
5186 | "\n" |
|
6087 | "\n" | |
5187 | " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n" |
|
6088 | " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n" | |
5188 | "\n" |
|
6089 | "\n" | |
@@ -5216,7 +6117,217 b' msgid ""' | |||||
5216 | " avoid hardlinking.\n" |
|
6117 | " avoid hardlinking.\n" | |
5217 | "\n" |
|
6118 | "\n" | |
5218 | " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" |
|
6119 | " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" | |
5219 |
" using full hardlinks with |
|
6120 | " using full hardlinks with\n" | |
|
6121 | "\n" | |||
|
6122 | " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" | |||
|
6123 | "\n" | |||
|
6124 | " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n" | |||
|
6125 | " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n" | |||
|
6126 | " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n" | |||
|
6127 | " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" | |||
|
6128 | " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" | |||
|
6129 | " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" | |||
|
6130 | "\n" | |||
|
6131 | " " | |||
|
6132 | ||||
|
6133 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6134 | msgid "" | |||
|
6135 | " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n" | |||
|
6136 | " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls." | |||
|
6137 | msgstr "" | |||
|
6138 | "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n" | |||
|
6139 | "\n" | |||
|
6140 | " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n" | |||
|
6141 | "\n" | |||
|
6142 | " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |||
|
6143 | " basename of the source.\n" | |||
|
6144 | "\n" | |||
|
6145 | " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n" | |||
|
6146 | " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n" | |||
|
6147 | "\n" | |||
|
6148 | " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n" | |||
|
6149 | " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n" | |||
|
6150 | " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n" | |||
|
6151 | " on local repositories.\n" | |||
|
6152 | "\n" | |||
|
6153 | " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n" | |||
|
6154 | " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n" | |||
|
6155 | " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n" | |||
|
6156 | " parent is the null revision).\n" | |||
|
6157 | "\n" | |||
|
6158 | " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n" | |||
|
6159 | "\n" | |||
|
6160 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n" | |||
|
6161 | " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n" | |||
|
6162 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n" | |||
|
6163 | "\n" | |||
|
6164 | " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n" | |||
|
6165 | " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n" | |||
|
6166 | " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n" | |||
|
6167 | " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n" | |||
|
6168 | " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n" | |||
|
6169 | " avoid hardlinking.\n" | |||
|
6170 | "\n" | |||
|
6171 | " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" | |||
|
6172 | " using full hardlinks with\n" | |||
|
6173 | "\n" | |||
|
6174 | " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" | |||
|
6175 | "\n" | |||
|
6176 | " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n" | |||
|
6177 | " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n" | |||
|
6178 | " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n" | |||
|
6179 | " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" | |||
|
6180 | " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" | |||
|
6181 | " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" | |||
|
6182 | "\n" | |||
|
6183 | " " | |||
|
6184 | ||||
|
6185 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6186 | msgid "" | |||
|
6187 | " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n" | |||
|
6188 | " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n" | |||
|
6189 | " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n" | |||
|
6190 | " on local repositories." | |||
|
6191 | msgstr "" | |||
|
6192 | "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n" | |||
|
6193 | "\n" | |||
|
6194 | " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n" | |||
|
6195 | "\n" | |||
|
6196 | " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |||
|
6197 | " basename of the source.\n" | |||
|
6198 | "\n" | |||
|
6199 | " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n" | |||
|
6200 | " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n" | |||
|
6201 | "\n" | |||
|
6202 | " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n" | |||
|
6203 | " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n" | |||
|
6204 | " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n" | |||
|
6205 | " on local repositories.\n" | |||
|
6206 | "\n" | |||
|
6207 | " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n" | |||
|
6208 | " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n" | |||
|
6209 | " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n" | |||
|
6210 | " parent is the null revision).\n" | |||
|
6211 | "\n" | |||
|
6212 | " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n" | |||
|
6213 | "\n" | |||
|
6214 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n" | |||
|
6215 | " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n" | |||
|
6216 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n" | |||
|
6217 | "\n" | |||
|
6218 | " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n" | |||
|
6219 | " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n" | |||
|
6220 | " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n" | |||
|
6221 | " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n" | |||
|
6222 | " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n" | |||
|
6223 | " avoid hardlinking.\n" | |||
|
6224 | "\n" | |||
|
6225 | " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" | |||
|
6226 | " using full hardlinks with\n" | |||
|
6227 | "\n" | |||
|
6228 | " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" | |||
|
6229 | "\n" | |||
|
6230 | " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n" | |||
|
6231 | " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n" | |||
|
6232 | " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n" | |||
|
6233 | " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" | |||
|
6234 | " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" | |||
|
6235 | " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" | |||
|
6236 | "\n" | |||
|
6237 | " " | |||
|
6238 | ||||
|
6239 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6240 | msgid "" | |||
|
6241 | " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n" | |||
|
6242 | " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n" | |||
|
6243 | " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n" | |||
|
6244 | " parent is the null revision)." | |||
|
6245 | msgstr "" | |||
|
6246 | "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n" | |||
|
6247 | "\n" | |||
|
6248 | " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n" | |||
|
6249 | "\n" | |||
|
6250 | " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |||
|
6251 | " basename of the source.\n" | |||
|
6252 | "\n" | |||
|
6253 | " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n" | |||
|
6254 | " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n" | |||
|
6255 | "\n" | |||
|
6256 | " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n" | |||
|
6257 | " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n" | |||
|
6258 | " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n" | |||
|
6259 | " on local repositories.\n" | |||
|
6260 | "\n" | |||
|
6261 | " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n" | |||
|
6262 | " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n" | |||
|
6263 | " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n" | |||
|
6264 | " parent is the null revision).\n" | |||
|
6265 | "\n" | |||
|
6266 | " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n" | |||
|
6267 | "\n" | |||
|
6268 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n" | |||
|
6269 | " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n" | |||
|
6270 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n" | |||
|
6271 | "\n" | |||
|
6272 | " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n" | |||
|
6273 | " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n" | |||
|
6274 | " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n" | |||
|
6275 | " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n" | |||
|
6276 | " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n" | |||
|
6277 | " avoid hardlinking.\n" | |||
|
6278 | "\n" | |||
|
6279 | " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" | |||
|
6280 | " using full hardlinks with\n" | |||
|
6281 | "\n" | |||
|
6282 | " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" | |||
|
6283 | "\n" | |||
|
6284 | " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n" | |||
|
6285 | " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n" | |||
|
6286 | " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n" | |||
|
6287 | " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" | |||
|
6288 | " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" | |||
|
6289 | " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" | |||
|
6290 | "\n" | |||
|
6291 | " " | |||
|
6292 | ||||
|
6293 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6294 | msgid " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details." | |||
|
6295 | msgstr "" | |||
|
6296 | "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n" | |||
|
6297 | "\n" | |||
|
6298 | " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n" | |||
|
6299 | "\n" | |||
|
6300 | " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |||
|
6301 | " basename of the source.\n" | |||
|
6302 | "\n" | |||
|
6303 | " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n" | |||
|
6304 | " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n" | |||
|
6305 | "\n" | |||
|
6306 | " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n" | |||
|
6307 | " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n" | |||
|
6308 | " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n" | |||
|
6309 | " on local repositories.\n" | |||
|
6310 | "\n" | |||
|
6311 | " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n" | |||
|
6312 | " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n" | |||
|
6313 | " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n" | |||
|
6314 | " parent is the null revision).\n" | |||
|
6315 | "\n" | |||
|
6316 | " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n" | |||
|
6317 | "\n" | |||
|
6318 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n" | |||
|
6319 | " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n" | |||
|
6320 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n" | |||
|
6321 | "\n" | |||
|
6322 | " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n" | |||
|
6323 | " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n" | |||
|
6324 | " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n" | |||
|
6325 | " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n" | |||
|
6326 | " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n" | |||
|
6327 | " avoid hardlinking.\n" | |||
|
6328 | "\n" | |||
|
6329 | " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" | |||
|
6330 | " using full hardlinks with\n" | |||
5220 | "\n" |
|
6331 | "\n" | |
5221 | " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" |
|
6332 | " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" | |
5222 | "\n" |
|
6333 | "\n" | |
@@ -5226,6 +6337,228 b' msgid ""' | |||||
5226 | " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" |
|
6337 | " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" | |
5227 | " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" |
|
6338 | " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" | |
5228 | " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" |
|
6339 | " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" | |
|
6340 | "\n" | |||
|
6341 | " " | |||
|
6342 | ||||
|
6343 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6344 | msgid "" | |||
|
6345 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n" | |||
|
6346 | " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n" | |||
|
6347 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs." | |||
|
6348 | msgstr "" | |||
|
6349 | "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n" | |||
|
6350 | "\n" | |||
|
6351 | " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n" | |||
|
6352 | "\n" | |||
|
6353 | " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |||
|
6354 | " basename of the source.\n" | |||
|
6355 | "\n" | |||
|
6356 | " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n" | |||
|
6357 | " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n" | |||
|
6358 | "\n" | |||
|
6359 | " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n" | |||
|
6360 | " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n" | |||
|
6361 | " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n" | |||
|
6362 | " on local repositories.\n" | |||
|
6363 | "\n" | |||
|
6364 | " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n" | |||
|
6365 | " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n" | |||
|
6366 | " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n" | |||
|
6367 | " parent is the null revision).\n" | |||
|
6368 | "\n" | |||
|
6369 | " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n" | |||
|
6370 | "\n" | |||
|
6371 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n" | |||
|
6372 | " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n" | |||
|
6373 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n" | |||
|
6374 | "\n" | |||
|
6375 | " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n" | |||
|
6376 | " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n" | |||
|
6377 | " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n" | |||
|
6378 | " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n" | |||
|
6379 | " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n" | |||
|
6380 | " avoid hardlinking.\n" | |||
|
6381 | "\n" | |||
|
6382 | " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" | |||
|
6383 | " using full hardlinks with\n" | |||
|
6384 | "\n" | |||
|
6385 | " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" | |||
|
6386 | "\n" | |||
|
6387 | " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n" | |||
|
6388 | " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n" | |||
|
6389 | " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n" | |||
|
6390 | " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" | |||
|
6391 | " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" | |||
|
6392 | " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" | |||
|
6393 | "\n" | |||
|
6394 | " " | |||
|
6395 | ||||
|
6396 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6397 | msgid "" | |||
|
6398 | " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n" | |||
|
6399 | " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n" | |||
|
6400 | " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n" | |||
|
6401 | " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n" | |||
|
6402 | " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n" | |||
|
6403 | " avoid hardlinking." | |||
|
6404 | msgstr "" | |||
|
6405 | "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n" | |||
|
6406 | "\n" | |||
|
6407 | " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n" | |||
|
6408 | "\n" | |||
|
6409 | " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |||
|
6410 | " basename of the source.\n" | |||
|
6411 | "\n" | |||
|
6412 | " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n" | |||
|
6413 | " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n" | |||
|
6414 | "\n" | |||
|
6415 | " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n" | |||
|
6416 | " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n" | |||
|
6417 | " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n" | |||
|
6418 | " on local repositories.\n" | |||
|
6419 | "\n" | |||
|
6420 | " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n" | |||
|
6421 | " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n" | |||
|
6422 | " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n" | |||
|
6423 | " parent is the null revision).\n" | |||
|
6424 | "\n" | |||
|
6425 | " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n" | |||
|
6426 | "\n" | |||
|
6427 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n" | |||
|
6428 | " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n" | |||
|
6429 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n" | |||
|
6430 | "\n" | |||
|
6431 | " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n" | |||
|
6432 | " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n" | |||
|
6433 | " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n" | |||
|
6434 | " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n" | |||
|
6435 | " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n" | |||
|
6436 | " avoid hardlinking.\n" | |||
|
6437 | "\n" | |||
|
6438 | " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" | |||
|
6439 | " using full hardlinks with\n" | |||
|
6440 | "\n" | |||
|
6441 | " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" | |||
|
6442 | "\n" | |||
|
6443 | " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n" | |||
|
6444 | " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n" | |||
|
6445 | " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n" | |||
|
6446 | " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" | |||
|
6447 | " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" | |||
|
6448 | " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" | |||
|
6449 | "\n" | |||
|
6450 | " " | |||
|
6451 | ||||
|
6452 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6453 | msgid "" | |||
|
6454 | " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" | |||
|
6455 | " using full hardlinks with ::" | |||
|
6456 | msgstr "" | |||
|
6457 | "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n" | |||
|
6458 | "\n" | |||
|
6459 | " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n" | |||
|
6460 | "\n" | |||
|
6461 | " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |||
|
6462 | " basename of the source.\n" | |||
|
6463 | "\n" | |||
|
6464 | " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n" | |||
|
6465 | " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n" | |||
|
6466 | "\n" | |||
|
6467 | " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n" | |||
|
6468 | " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n" | |||
|
6469 | " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n" | |||
|
6470 | " on local repositories.\n" | |||
|
6471 | "\n" | |||
|
6472 | " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n" | |||
|
6473 | " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n" | |||
|
6474 | " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n" | |||
|
6475 | " parent is the null revision).\n" | |||
|
6476 | "\n" | |||
|
6477 | " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n" | |||
|
6478 | "\n" | |||
|
6479 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n" | |||
|
6480 | " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n" | |||
|
6481 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n" | |||
|
6482 | "\n" | |||
|
6483 | " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n" | |||
|
6484 | " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n" | |||
|
6485 | " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n" | |||
|
6486 | " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n" | |||
|
6487 | " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n" | |||
|
6488 | " avoid hardlinking.\n" | |||
|
6489 | "\n" | |||
|
6490 | " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" | |||
|
6491 | " using full hardlinks with\n" | |||
|
6492 | "\n" | |||
|
6493 | " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" | |||
|
6494 | "\n" | |||
|
6495 | " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n" | |||
|
6496 | " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n" | |||
|
6497 | " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n" | |||
|
6498 | " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" | |||
|
6499 | " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" | |||
|
6500 | " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" | |||
|
6501 | "\n" | |||
|
6502 | " " | |||
|
6503 | ||||
|
6504 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6505 | msgid " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE" | |||
|
6506 | msgstr "" | |||
|
6507 | "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n" | |||
|
6508 | "\n" | |||
|
6509 | " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n" | |||
|
6510 | "\n" | |||
|
6511 | " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |||
|
6512 | " basename of the source.\n" | |||
|
6513 | "\n" | |||
|
6514 | " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n" | |||
|
6515 | " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n" | |||
|
6516 | "\n" | |||
|
6517 | " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n" | |||
|
6518 | " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n" | |||
|
6519 | " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n" | |||
|
6520 | " on local repositories.\n" | |||
|
6521 | "\n" | |||
|
6522 | " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n" | |||
|
6523 | " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n" | |||
|
6524 | " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n" | |||
|
6525 | " parent is the null revision).\n" | |||
|
6526 | "\n" | |||
|
6527 | " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n" | |||
|
6528 | "\n" | |||
|
6529 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n" | |||
|
6530 | " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n" | |||
|
6531 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n" | |||
|
6532 | "\n" | |||
|
6533 | " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n" | |||
|
6534 | " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n" | |||
|
6535 | " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n" | |||
|
6536 | " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n" | |||
|
6537 | " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n" | |||
|
6538 | " avoid hardlinking.\n" | |||
|
6539 | "\n" | |||
|
6540 | " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" | |||
|
6541 | " using full hardlinks with\n" | |||
|
6542 | "\n" | |||
|
6543 | " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" | |||
|
6544 | "\n" | |||
|
6545 | " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n" | |||
|
6546 | " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n" | |||
|
6547 | " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n" | |||
|
6548 | " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" | |||
|
6549 | " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" | |||
|
6550 | " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" | |||
|
6551 | "\n" | |||
|
6552 | " " | |||
|
6553 | ||||
|
6554 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6555 | msgid "" | |||
|
6556 | " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n" | |||
|
6557 | " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n" | |||
|
6558 | " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n" | |||
|
6559 | " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" | |||
|
6560 | " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" | |||
|
6561 | " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" | |||
5229 | " " |
|
6562 | " " | |
5230 | msgstr "" |
|
6563 | msgstr "" | |
5231 | "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n" |
|
6564 | "對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n" | |
@@ -5275,42 +6608,38 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
5275 | "\n" |
|
6608 | "\n" | |
5276 | " " |
|
6609 | " " | |
5277 |
|
6610 | |||
5278 | msgid "" |
|
6611 | msgid "commit the specified files or all outstanding changes" | |
5279 | "commit the specified files or all outstanding changes\n" |
|
6612 | msgstr "將指定的檔案或是目前的變更 commit" | |
5280 | "\n" |
|
6613 | ||
|
6614 | msgid "" | |||
|
6615 | " Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n" | |||
|
6616 | " centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n" | |||
|
6617 | " for a way to actively distribute your changes." | |||
|
6618 | msgstr "" | |||
5281 | " Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n" |
|
6619 | " Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n" | |
5282 | " centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n" |
|
6620 | " centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n" | |
5283 |
" for a way to actively distribute your changes. |
|
6621 | " for a way to actively distribute your changes." | |
5284 | "\n" |
|
6622 | ||
|
6623 | msgid "" | |||
|
6624 | " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n" | |||
|
6625 | " will be committed." | |||
|
6626 | msgstr "" | |||
5285 | " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n" |
|
6627 | " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n" | |
5286 |
" will be committed. |
|
6628 | " will be committed." | |
5287 | "\n" |
|
6629 | ||
|
6630 | msgid "" | |||
5288 | " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n" |
|
6631 | " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n" | |
5289 |
" filenames or -I/-X filters. |
|
6632 | " filenames or -I/-X filters." | |
5290 | "\n" |
|
6633 | msgstr "" | |
|
6634 | " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n" | |||
|
6635 | " filenames or -I/-X filters." | |||
|
6636 | ||||
|
6637 | msgid "" | |||
5291 | " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n" |
|
6638 | " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n" | |
5292 |
" started to prompt you for a message. |
|
6639 | " started to prompt you for a message." | |
5293 | "\n" |
|
6640 | msgstr "" | |
5294 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
|||
5295 | " " |
|
|||
5296 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
5297 | "將指定的檔案或是目前的變更 commit\n" |
|
|||
5298 | "\n" |
|
|||
5299 | " Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n" |
|
|||
5300 | " centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n" |
|
|||
5301 | " for a way to actively distribute your changes.\n" |
|
|||
5302 | "\n" |
|
|||
5303 | " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n" |
|
|||
5304 | " will be committed.\n" |
|
|||
5305 | "\n" |
|
|||
5306 | " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n" |
|
|||
5307 | " filenames or -I/-X filters.\n" |
|
|||
5308 | "\n" |
|
|||
5309 | " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n" |
|
6641 | " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n" | |
5310 |
" started to prompt you for a message. |
|
6642 | " started to prompt you for a message." | |
5311 | "\n" |
|
|||
5312 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
|||
5313 | " " |
|
|||
5314 |
|
6643 | |||
5315 | msgid "nothing changed\n" |
|
6644 | msgid "nothing changed\n" | |
5316 | msgstr "" |
|
6645 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -5322,31 +6651,32 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
5322 | msgid "committed changeset %d:%s\n" |
|
6651 | msgid "committed changeset %d:%s\n" | |
5323 | msgstr "" |
|
6652 | msgstr "" | |
5324 |
|
6653 | |||
5325 | msgid "" |
|
6654 | msgid "mark files as copied for the next commit" | |
5326 | "mark files as copied for the next commit\n" |
|
6655 | msgstr "將檔案標示為 copied 並於下次 commit" | |
5327 | "\n" |
|
6656 | ||
|
6657 | msgid "" | |||
|
6658 | " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n" | |||
|
6659 | " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n" | |||
|
6660 | " the source must be a single file." | |||
|
6661 | msgstr "" | |||
5328 | " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n" |
|
6662 | " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n" | |
5329 | " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n" |
|
6663 | " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n" | |
5330 |
" the source must be a single file. |
|
6664 | " the source must be a single file." | |
5331 | "\n" |
|
6665 | ||
|
6666 | msgid "" | |||
5332 | " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n" |
|
6667 | " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n" | |
5333 | " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n" |
|
6668 | " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n" | |
5334 |
" operation is recorded, but no copying is performed. |
|
6669 | " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed." | |
5335 | "\n" |
|
6670 | msgstr "" | |
|
6671 | " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n" | |||
|
6672 | " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n" | |||
|
6673 | " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed." | |||
|
6674 | ||||
|
6675 | msgid "" | |||
5336 | " This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n" |
|
6676 | " This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n" | |
5337 | " before that, see hg revert.\n" |
|
6677 | " before that, see hg revert.\n" | |
5338 | " " |
|
6678 | " " | |
5339 | msgstr "" |
|
6679 | msgstr "" | |
5340 | "將檔案標示為 copied 並於下次 commit\n" |
|
|||
5341 | "\n" |
|
|||
5342 | " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n" |
|
|||
5343 | " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n" |
|
|||
5344 | " the source must be a single file.\n" |
|
|||
5345 | "\n" |
|
|||
5346 | " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n" |
|
|||
5347 | " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n" |
|
|||
5348 | " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n" |
|
|||
5349 | "\n" |
|
|||
5350 | " This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n" |
|
6680 | " This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n" | |
5351 | " before that, see hg revert.\n" |
|
6681 | " before that, see hg revert.\n" | |
5352 | " " |
|
6682 | " " | |
@@ -5388,31 +6718,31 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
5388 | msgid ".hg/dirstate inconsistent with current parent's manifest" |
|
6718 | msgid ".hg/dirstate inconsistent with current parent's manifest" | |
5389 | msgstr "" |
|
6719 | msgstr "" | |
5390 |
|
6720 | |||
5391 | msgid "" |
|
6721 | msgid "show combined config settings from all hgrc files" | |
5392 | "show combined config settings from all hgrc files\n" |
|
6722 | msgstr "顯示合併自所有 hgrc 檔案內容的設定值" | |
5393 | "\n" |
|
6723 | ||
5394 |
" With no arguments, print names and values of all config items. |
|
6724 | msgid " With no arguments, print names and values of all config items." | |
5395 | "\n" |
|
6725 | msgstr " With no arguments, print names and values of all config items." | |
|
6726 | ||||
|
6727 | msgid "" | |||
|
6728 | " With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n" | |||
|
6729 | " of that config item." | |||
|
6730 | msgstr "" | |||
5396 | " With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n" |
|
6731 | " With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n" | |
5397 |
" of that config item. |
|
6732 | " of that config item." | |
5398 | "\n" |
|
6733 | ||
|
6734 | msgid "" | |||
5399 | " With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n" |
|
6735 | " With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n" | |
5400 |
" items with matching section names. |
|
6736 | " items with matching section names." | |
5401 | "\n" |
|
6737 | msgstr "" | |
|
6738 | " With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n" | |||
|
6739 | " items with matching section names." | |||
|
6740 | ||||
|
6741 | msgid "" | |||
5402 | " With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n" |
|
6742 | " With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n" | |
5403 | " for each config item.\n" |
|
6743 | " for each config item.\n" | |
5404 | " " |
|
6744 | " " | |
5405 | msgstr "" |
|
6745 | msgstr "" | |
5406 | "顯示合併自所有 hgrc 檔案內容的設定值\n" |
|
|||
5407 | "\n" |
|
|||
5408 | " With no arguments, print names and values of all config items.\n" |
|
|||
5409 | "\n" |
|
|||
5410 | " With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n" |
|
|||
5411 | " of that config item.\n" |
|
|||
5412 | "\n" |
|
|||
5413 | " With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n" |
|
|||
5414 | " items with matching section names.\n" |
|
|||
5415 | "\n" |
|
|||
5416 | " With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n" |
|
6746 | " With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n" | |
5417 | " for each config item.\n" |
|
6747 | " for each config item.\n" | |
5418 | " " |
|
6748 | " " | |
@@ -5420,9 +6750,10 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
5420 | msgid "only one config item permitted" |
|
6750 | msgid "only one config item permitted" | |
5421 | msgstr "" |
|
6751 | msgstr "" | |
5422 |
|
6752 | |||
5423 | msgid "" |
|
6753 | msgid "manually set the parents of the current working directory" | |
5424 | "manually set the parents of the current working directory\n" |
|
6754 | msgstr "" | |
5425 | "\n" |
|
6755 | ||
|
6756 | msgid "" | |||
5426 | " This is useful for writing repository conversion tools, but should\n" |
|
6757 | " This is useful for writing repository conversion tools, but should\n" | |
5427 | " be used with care.\n" |
|
6758 | " be used with care.\n" | |
5428 | " " |
|
6759 | " " | |
@@ -5488,14 +6819,10 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
5488 | msgid " patch test failed!\n" |
|
6819 | msgid " patch test failed!\n" | |
5489 | msgstr "" |
|
6820 | msgstr "" | |
5490 |
|
6821 | |||
5491 | msgid "" |
|
6822 | msgid " (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. Please check your .hgrc file)\n" | |
5492 | " (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. " |
|
6823 | msgstr "" | |
5493 | "Please check your .hgrc file)\n" |
|
6824 | ||
5494 | msgstr "" |
|
6825 | msgid " Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial.selenic.com/bts/\n" | |
5495 |
|
||||
5496 | msgid "" |
|
|||
5497 | " Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial." |
|
|||
5498 | "selenic.com/bts/\n" |
|
|||
5499 | msgstr "" |
|
6826 | msgstr "" | |
5500 |
|
6827 | |||
5501 | msgid "Checking commit editor...\n" |
|
6828 | msgid "Checking commit editor...\n" | |
@@ -5538,71 +6865,78 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
5538 | msgid "show how files match on given patterns" |
|
6865 | msgid "show how files match on given patterns" | |
5539 | msgstr "" |
|
6866 | msgstr "" | |
5540 |
|
6867 | |||
5541 | msgid "" |
|
6868 | msgid "diff repository (or selected files)" | |
5542 | "diff repository (or selected files)\n" |
|
6869 | msgstr "diff repository (或是所選擇的檔案)" | |
5543 | "\n" |
|
6870 | ||
5544 |
" Show differences between revisions for the specified files. |
|
6871 | msgid " Show differences between revisions for the specified files." | |
5545 | "\n" |
|
6872 | msgstr " Show differences between revisions for the specified files." | |
5546 | " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.\n" |
|
6873 | ||
5547 | "\n" |
|
6874 | msgid " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format." | |
|
6875 | msgstr " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format." | |||
|
6876 | ||||
|
6877 | msgid "" | |||
5548 | " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n" |
|
6878 | " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n" | |
5549 | " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n" |
|
6879 | " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n" | |
5550 |
" changeset if no revisions are specified. |
|
6880 | " changeset if no revisions are specified." | |
5551 | "\n" |
|
6881 | msgstr "" | |
5552 | " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n" |
|
|||
5553 | " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n" |
|
|||
5554 | " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n" |
|
|||
5555 | " revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared\n" |
|
|||
5556 | " to its parent.\n" |
|
|||
5557 | "\n" |
|
|||
5558 | " Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n" |
|
|||
5559 | " files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n" |
|
|||
5560 | " anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n" |
|
|||
5561 | "\n" |
|
|||
5562 | " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n" |
|
|||
5563 | " format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n" |
|
|||
5564 | " " |
|
|||
5565 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
5566 | "diff repository (或是所選擇的檔案)\n" |
|
|||
5567 | "\n" |
|
|||
5568 | " Show differences between revisions for the specified files.\n" |
|
|||
5569 | "\n" |
|
|||
5570 | " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.\n" |
|
|||
5571 | "\n" |
|
|||
5572 | " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n" |
|
6882 | " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n" | |
5573 | " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n" |
|
6883 | " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n" | |
5574 |
" changeset if no revisions are specified. |
|
6884 | " changeset if no revisions are specified." | |
5575 | "\n" |
|
6885 | ||
5576 | " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n" |
|
6886 | msgid "" | |
5577 | " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n" |
|
|||
5578 | " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n" |
|
|||
5579 | " revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared\n" |
|
|||
5580 | " to its parent.\n" |
|
|||
5581 | "\n" |
|
|||
5582 | " Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n" |
|
6887 | " Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n" | |
5583 | " files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n" |
|
6888 | " files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n" | |
5584 |
" anyway, probably with undesirable results. |
|
6889 | " anyway, probably with undesirable results." | |
5585 | "\n" |
|
6890 | msgstr "" | |
|
6891 | " Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n" | |||
|
6892 | " files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n" | |||
|
6893 | " anyway, probably with undesirable results." | |||
|
6894 | ||||
|
6895 | msgid "" | |||
|
6896 | " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n" | |||
|
6897 | " format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n" | |||
|
6898 | " " | |||
|
6899 | msgstr "" | |||
5586 | " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n" |
|
6900 | " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n" | |
5587 | " format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n" |
|
6901 | " format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n" | |
5588 | " " |
|
6902 | " " | |
5589 |
|
6903 | |||
5590 | #, fuzzy |
|
6904 | #, fuzzy | |
5591 | msgid "" |
|
6905 | msgid "dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets" | |
5592 | "dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets\n" |
|
6906 | msgstr "將一或多個 changesets 的 header 以及 diffs dump 出來" | |
5593 | "\n" |
|
6907 | ||
5594 | " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.\n" |
|
6908 | #, fuzzy | |
5595 | "\n" |
|
6909 | msgid " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions." | |
|
6910 | msgstr " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions." | |||
|
6911 | ||||
|
6912 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6913 | msgid "" | |||
5596 | " The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n" |
|
6914 | " The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n" | |
5597 |
" changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment. |
|
6915 | " changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment." | |
5598 | "\n" |
|
6916 | msgstr "" | |
|
6917 | " The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n" | |||
|
6918 | " changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment." | |||
|
6919 | ||||
|
6920 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6921 | msgid "" | |||
5599 | " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n" |
|
6922 | " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n" | |
5600 | " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n" |
|
6923 | " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n" | |
5601 |
" first parent only. |
|
6924 | " first parent only." | |
5602 | "\n" |
|
6925 | msgstr "" | |
|
6926 | " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n" | |||
|
6927 | " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n" | |||
|
6928 | " first parent only." | |||
|
6929 | ||||
|
6930 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6931 | msgid "" | |||
5603 | " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n" |
|
6932 | " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n" | |
5604 |
" given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:: |
|
6933 | " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows::" | |
5605 | "\n" |
|
6934 | msgstr "" | |
|
6935 | " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n" | |||
|
6936 | " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:" | |||
|
6937 | ||||
|
6938 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6939 | msgid "" | |||
5606 | " %% literal \"%\" character\n" |
|
6940 | " %% literal \"%\" character\n" | |
5607 | " %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n" |
|
6941 | " %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n" | |
5608 | " %N number of patches being generated\n" |
|
6942 | " %N number of patches being generated\n" | |
@@ -5610,33 +6944,8 b' msgid ""' | |||||
5610 | " %b basename of the exporting repository\n" |
|
6944 | " %b basename of the exporting repository\n" | |
5611 | " %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n" |
|
6945 | " %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n" | |
5612 | " %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n" |
|
6946 | " %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n" | |
5613 |
" %r zero-padded changeset revision number |
|
6947 | " %r zero-padded changeset revision number" | |
5614 | "\n" |
|
6948 | msgstr "" | |
5615 | " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n" |
|
|||
5616 | " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n" |
|
|||
5617 | " diff anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n" |
|
|||
5618 | "\n" |
|
|||
5619 | " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n" |
|
|||
5620 | " format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information.\n" |
|
|||
5621 | "\n" |
|
|||
5622 | " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n" |
|
|||
5623 | " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n" |
|
|||
5624 | " " |
|
|||
5625 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
5626 | "將一或多個 changesets 的 header 以及 diffs dump 出來\n" |
|
|||
5627 | "\n" |
|
|||
5628 | " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.\n" |
|
|||
5629 | "\n" |
|
|||
5630 | " The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n" |
|
|||
5631 | " changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment.\n" |
|
|||
5632 | "\n" |
|
|||
5633 | " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n" |
|
|||
5634 | " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n" |
|
|||
5635 | " first parent only.\n" |
|
|||
5636 | "\n" |
|
|||
5637 | " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n" |
|
|||
5638 | " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:\n" |
|
|||
5639 | "\n" |
|
|||
5640 | " %% literal \"%\" character\n" |
|
6949 | " %% literal \"%\" character\n" | |
5641 | " %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n" |
|
6950 | " %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n" | |
5642 | " %N number of patches being generated\n" |
|
6951 | " %N number of patches being generated\n" | |
@@ -5644,15 +6953,32 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
5644 | " %b basename of the exporting repository\n" |
|
6953 | " %b basename of the exporting repository\n" | |
5645 | " %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n" |
|
6954 | " %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n" | |
5646 | " %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n" |
|
6955 | " %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n" | |
5647 |
" %r zero-padded changeset revision number |
|
6956 | " %r zero-padded changeset revision number" | |
5648 | "\n" |
|
6957 | ||
|
6958 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6959 | msgid "" | |||
|
6960 | " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n" | |||
|
6961 | " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n" | |||
|
6962 | " diff anyway, probably with undesirable results." | |||
|
6963 | msgstr "" | |||
5649 | " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n" |
|
6964 | " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n" | |
5650 | " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n" |
|
6965 | " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n" | |
5651 |
" diff anyway, probably with undesirable results. |
|
6966 | " diff anyway, probably with undesirable results." | |
5652 | "\n" |
|
6967 | ||
|
6968 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6969 | msgid "" | |||
|
6970 | " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n" | |||
|
6971 | " format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information." | |||
|
6972 | msgstr "" | |||
5653 | " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n" |
|
6973 | " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n" | |
5654 |
" format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information. |
|
6974 | " format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information." | |
5655 | "\n" |
|
6975 | ||
|
6976 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
6977 | msgid "" | |||
|
6978 | " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n" | |||
|
6979 | " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n" | |||
|
6980 | " " | |||
|
6981 | msgstr "" | |||
5656 | " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n" |
|
6982 | " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n" | |
5657 | " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n" |
|
6983 | " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n" | |
5658 | " " |
|
6984 | " " | |
@@ -5666,16 +6992,21 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
5666 | msgid "exporting patch:\n" |
|
6992 | msgid "exporting patch:\n" | |
5667 | msgstr "" |
|
6993 | msgstr "" | |
5668 |
|
6994 | |||
5669 | msgid "" |
|
6995 | msgid "forget the specified files on the next commit" | |
5670 | "forget the specified files on the next commit\n" |
|
6996 | msgstr "" | |
5671 | "\n" |
|
6997 | ||
|
6998 | msgid "" | |||
5672 | " Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked\n" |
|
6999 | " Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked\n" | |
5673 |
" after the next commit. |
|
7000 | " after the next commit." | |
5674 | "\n" |
|
7001 | msgstr "" | |
|
7002 | ||||
|
7003 | msgid "" | |||
5675 | " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n" |
|
7004 | " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n" | |
5676 | " entire project history, and it does not delete them from the\n" |
|
7005 | " entire project history, and it does not delete them from the\n" | |
5677 |
" working directory. |
|
7006 | " working directory." | |
5678 | "\n" |
|
7007 | msgstr "" | |
|
7008 | ||||
|
7009 | msgid "" | |||
5679 | " To undo a forget before the next commit, see hg add.\n" |
|
7010 | " To undo a forget before the next commit, see hg add.\n" | |
5680 | " " |
|
7011 | " " | |
5681 | msgstr "" |
|
7012 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -5687,16 +7018,24 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
5687 | msgid "not removing %s: file is already untracked\n" |
|
7018 | msgid "not removing %s: file is already untracked\n" | |
5688 | msgstr "" |
|
7019 | msgstr "" | |
5689 |
|
7020 | |||
5690 | msgid "" |
|
7021 | msgid "search for a pattern in specified files and revisions" | |
5691 | "search for a pattern in specified files and revisions\n" |
|
7022 | msgstr "從指定的檔案或 revisions 搜尋樣式" | |
5692 | "\n" |
|
7023 | ||
5693 |
" Search revisions of files for a regular expression. |
|
7024 | msgid " Search revisions of files for a regular expression." | |
5694 | "\n" |
|
7025 | msgstr " Search revisions of files for a regular expression." | |
|
7026 | ||||
|
7027 | msgid "" | |||
5695 | " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n" |
|
7028 | " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n" | |
5696 | " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n" |
|
7029 | " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n" | |
5697 | " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n" |
|
7030 | " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n" | |
5698 |
" match appears. |
|
7031 | " match appears." | |
5699 | "\n" |
|
7032 | msgstr "" | |
|
7033 | " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n" | |||
|
7034 | " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n" | |||
|
7035 | " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n" | |||
|
7036 | " match appears." | |||
|
7037 | ||||
|
7038 | msgid "" | |||
5700 | " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n" |
|
7039 | " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n" | |
5701 | " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n" |
|
7040 | " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n" | |
5702 | " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n" |
|
7041 | " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n" | |
@@ -5704,15 +7043,6 b' msgid ""' | |||||
5704 | " use the --all flag.\n" |
|
7043 | " use the --all flag.\n" | |
5705 | " " |
|
7044 | " " | |
5706 | msgstr "" |
|
7045 | msgstr "" | |
5707 | "從指定的檔案或 revisions 搜尋樣式\n" |
|
|||
5708 | "\n" |
|
|||
5709 | " Search revisions of files for a regular expression.\n" |
|
|||
5710 | "\n" |
|
|||
5711 | " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n" |
|
|||
5712 | " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n" |
|
|||
5713 | " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n" |
|
|||
5714 | " match appears.\n" |
|
|||
5715 | "\n" |
|
|||
5716 | " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n" |
|
7046 | " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n" | |
5717 | " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n" |
|
7047 | " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n" | |
5718 | " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n" |
|
7048 | " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n" | |
@@ -5725,28 +7055,170 b' msgid "grep: invalid match pattern: %s\\n' | |||||
5725 | msgstr "" |
|
7055 | msgstr "" | |
5726 |
|
7056 | |||
5727 | #, fuzzy |
|
7057 | #, fuzzy | |
5728 | msgid "" |
|
7058 | msgid "show current repository heads or show branch heads" | |
5729 | "show current repository heads or show branch heads\n" |
|
7059 | msgstr "" | |
|
7060 | "顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n" | |||
|
7061 | "\n" | |||
|
7062 | " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n" | |||
|
7063 | "\n" | |||
|
7064 | " Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n" | |||
|
7065 | " changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n" | |||
|
7066 | " are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n" | |||
|
7067 | "\n" | |||
|
7068 | " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n" | |||
|
7069 | " the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n" | |||
|
7070 | " branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n" | |||
|
7071 | "\n" | |||
|
7072 | " Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n" | |||
|
7073 | " any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n" | |||
|
7074 | " or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n" | |||
|
7075 | " was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n" | |||
|
7076 | " is considered inactive.\n" | |||
|
7077 | "\n" | |||
|
7078 | " If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n" | |||
|
7079 | " are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n" | |||
|
7080 | " " | |||
|
7081 | ||||
|
7082 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7083 | msgid " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets." | |||
|
7084 | msgstr "" | |||
|
7085 | "顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n" | |||
5730 | "\n" |
|
7086 | "\n" | |
5731 | " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n" |
|
7087 | " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n" | |
5732 | "\n" |
|
7088 | "\n" | |
|
7089 | " Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n" | |||
|
7090 | " changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n" | |||
|
7091 | " are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n" | |||
|
7092 | "\n" | |||
|
7093 | " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n" | |||
|
7094 | " the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n" | |||
|
7095 | " branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n" | |||
|
7096 | "\n" | |||
|
7097 | " Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n" | |||
|
7098 | " any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n" | |||
|
7099 | " or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n" | |||
|
7100 | " was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n" | |||
|
7101 | " is considered inactive.\n" | |||
|
7102 | "\n" | |||
|
7103 | " If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n" | |||
|
7104 | " are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n" | |||
|
7105 | " " | |||
|
7106 | ||||
|
7107 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7108 | msgid "" | |||
5733 | " Repository \"heads\" are changesets with no child changesets. They are\n" |
|
7109 | " Repository \"heads\" are changesets with no child changesets. They are\n" | |
5734 | " where development generally takes place and are the usual targets\n" |
|
7110 | " where development generally takes place and are the usual targets\n" | |
5735 |
" for update and merge operations. |
|
7111 | " for update and merge operations." | |
|
7112 | msgstr "" | |||
|
7113 | "顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n" | |||
|
7114 | "\n" | |||
|
7115 | " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n" | |||
|
7116 | "\n" | |||
|
7117 | " Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n" | |||
|
7118 | " changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n" | |||
|
7119 | " are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n" | |||
5736 | "\n" |
|
7120 | "\n" | |
5737 | " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n" |
|
7121 | " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n" | |
5738 |
" the named branch associated with th |
|
7122 | " the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n" | |
5739 | "\n" |
|
7123 | " branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n" | |
|
7124 | "\n" | |||
|
7125 | " Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n" | |||
|
7126 | " any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n" | |||
|
7127 | " or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n" | |||
|
7128 | " was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n" | |||
|
7129 | " is considered inactive.\n" | |||
|
7130 | "\n" | |||
|
7131 | " If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n" | |||
|
7132 | " are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n" | |||
|
7133 | " " | |||
|
7134 | ||||
|
7135 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7136 | msgid "" | |||
|
7137 | " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n" | |||
|
7138 | " the named branch associated with the specified changeset(s)." | |||
|
7139 | msgstr "" | |||
|
7140 | "顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n" | |||
|
7141 | "\n" | |||
|
7142 | " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n" | |||
|
7143 | "\n" | |||
|
7144 | " Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n" | |||
|
7145 | " changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n" | |||
|
7146 | " are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n" | |||
|
7147 | "\n" | |||
|
7148 | " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n" | |||
|
7149 | " the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n" | |||
|
7150 | " branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n" | |||
|
7151 | "\n" | |||
|
7152 | " Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n" | |||
|
7153 | " any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n" | |||
|
7154 | " or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n" | |||
|
7155 | " was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n" | |||
|
7156 | " is considered inactive.\n" | |||
|
7157 | "\n" | |||
|
7158 | " If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n" | |||
|
7159 | " are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n" | |||
|
7160 | " " | |||
|
7161 | ||||
|
7162 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7163 | msgid "" | |||
5740 | " Branch heads are changesets on a named branch with no descendants on\n" |
|
7164 | " Branch heads are changesets on a named branch with no descendants on\n" | |
5741 | " the same branch. A branch head could be a \"true\" (repository) head,\n" |
|
7165 | " the same branch. A branch head could be a \"true\" (repository) head,\n" | |
5742 | " or it could be the last changeset on that branch before it was\n" |
|
7166 | " or it could be the last changeset on that branch before it was\n" | |
5743 | " merged into another branch, or it could be the last changeset on the\n" |
|
7167 | " merged into another branch, or it could be the last changeset on the\n" | |
5744 | " branch before a new branch was created. If none of the branch heads\n" |
|
7168 | " branch before a new branch was created. If none of the branch heads\n" | |
5745 |
" are true heads, the branch is considered inactive. |
|
7169 | " are true heads, the branch is considered inactive." | |
5746 | "\n" |
|
7170 | msgstr "" | |
|
7171 | "顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n" | |||
|
7172 | "\n" | |||
|
7173 | " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n" | |||
|
7174 | "\n" | |||
|
7175 | " Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n" | |||
|
7176 | " changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n" | |||
|
7177 | " are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n" | |||
|
7178 | "\n" | |||
|
7179 | " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n" | |||
|
7180 | " the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n" | |||
|
7181 | " branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n" | |||
|
7182 | "\n" | |||
|
7183 | " Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n" | |||
|
7184 | " any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n" | |||
|
7185 | " or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n" | |||
|
7186 | " was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n" | |||
|
7187 | " is considered inactive.\n" | |||
|
7188 | "\n" | |||
|
7189 | " If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n" | |||
|
7190 | " are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n" | |||
|
7191 | " " | |||
|
7192 | ||||
|
7193 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7194 | msgid "" | |||
5747 | " If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed\n" |
|
7195 | " If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed\n" | |
5748 |
" (see hg commit --close-branch). |
|
7196 | " (see hg commit --close-branch)." | |
5749 | "\n" |
|
7197 | msgstr "" | |
|
7198 | "顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n" | |||
|
7199 | "\n" | |||
|
7200 | " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n" | |||
|
7201 | "\n" | |||
|
7202 | " Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n" | |||
|
7203 | " changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n" | |||
|
7204 | " are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n" | |||
|
7205 | "\n" | |||
|
7206 | " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n" | |||
|
7207 | " the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n" | |||
|
7208 | " branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n" | |||
|
7209 | "\n" | |||
|
7210 | " Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n" | |||
|
7211 | " any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n" | |||
|
7212 | " or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n" | |||
|
7213 | " was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n" | |||
|
7214 | " is considered inactive.\n" | |||
|
7215 | "\n" | |||
|
7216 | " If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n" | |||
|
7217 | " are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n" | |||
|
7218 | " " | |||
|
7219 | ||||
|
7220 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7221 | msgid "" | |||
5750 | " If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of\n" |
|
7222 | " If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of\n" | |
5751 | " STARTREV will be displayed.\n" |
|
7223 | " STARTREV will be displayed.\n" | |
5752 | " " |
|
7224 | " " | |
@@ -5788,18 +7260,16 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
5788 | msgid "no changes on branch %s are reachable from %s\n" |
|
7260 | msgid "no changes on branch %s are reachable from %s\n" | |
5789 | msgstr "" |
|
7261 | msgstr "" | |
5790 |
|
7262 | |||
5791 | msgid "" |
|
7263 | msgid "show help for a given topic or a help overview" | |
5792 | "show help for a given topic or a help overview\n" |
|
7264 | msgstr "顯示特定主題的 help 說明或是 help overview" | |
5793 | "\n" |
|
7265 | ||
5794 |
" With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages. |
|
7266 | msgid " With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages." | |
5795 | "\n" |
|
7267 | msgstr " With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages." | |
|
7268 | ||||
|
7269 | msgid "" | |||
5796 | " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n" |
|
7270 | " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n" | |
5797 | " topic." |
|
7271 | " topic." | |
5798 | msgstr "" |
|
7272 | msgstr "" | |
5799 | "顯示特定主題的 help 說明或是 help overview\n" |
|
|||
5800 | "\n" |
|
|||
5801 | " With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages.\n" |
|
|||
5802 | "\n" |
|
|||
5803 | " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n" |
|
7273 | " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n" | |
5804 | " topic." |
|
7274 | " topic." | |
5805 |
|
7275 | |||
@@ -5820,12 +7290,8 b' msgstr "\xe4\xbd\xbf\xe7\x94\xa8 \\"hg -v help%s\\" \xe4\xbb\xa5\xe9\xa1\xaf\xe7\xa4\xba\xe5\x88\xa5\xe5\x90\x8d\xe4\xbb\xa5\xe5\x8f\x8a\xe5\x85\xa8\xe5\x9f\x9f\xe9\x81\xb8\xe9\xa0\x85"' | |||||
5820 | msgid "use \"hg -v help %s\" to show global options" |
|
7290 | msgid "use \"hg -v help %s\" to show global options" | |
5821 | msgstr "使用 \"hg -v help %s\" 以顯示全域選項" |
|
7291 | msgstr "使用 \"hg -v help %s\" 以顯示全域選項" | |
5822 |
|
7292 | |||
5823 | msgid "" |
|
7293 | msgid "list of commands:" | |
5824 | "list of commands:\n" |
|
7294 | msgstr "命令列表:" | |
5825 | "\n" |
|
|||
5826 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
5827 | "命令列表:\n" |
|
|||
5828 | "\n" |
|
|||
5829 |
|
7295 | |||
5830 | #, python-format |
|
7296 | #, python-format | |
5831 | msgid "" |
|
7297 | msgid "" | |
@@ -5855,53 +7321,46 b' msgid "no help text available"' | |||||
5855 | msgstr "沒有可用的說明文字" |
|
7321 | msgstr "沒有可用的說明文字" | |
5856 |
|
7322 | |||
5857 | #, fuzzy, python-format |
|
7323 | #, fuzzy, python-format | |
5858 | msgid "" |
|
7324 | msgid "%s extension - %s" | |
5859 | "%s extension - %s\n" |
|
|||
5860 | "\n" |
|
|||
5861 | msgstr "%s 擴充套件 - %s\n" |
|
7325 | msgstr "%s 擴充套件 - %s\n" | |
5862 |
|
7326 | |||
5863 | msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM\n" |
|
7327 | msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM\n" | |
5864 | msgstr "Mercurial 分散式版本控制系統\n" |
|
7328 | msgstr "Mercurial 分散式版本控制系統\n" | |
5865 |
|
7329 | |||
5866 | msgid "" |
|
7330 | msgid "basic commands:" | |
5867 | "basic commands:\n" |
|
7331 | msgstr "基本命令:" | |
5868 | "\n" |
|
7332 | ||
5869 |
msg |
|
7333 | msgid "" | |
5870 |
" |
|
7334 | "\n" | |
5871 | "\n" |
|
7335 | "additional help topics:" | |
5872 |
|
7336 | msgstr "" | ||
5873 | msgid "" |
|
7337 | "\n" | |
5874 | "\n" |
|
7338 | "額外的說明主題:" | |
5875 | "additional help topics:\n" |
|
7339 | ||
5876 | "\n" |
|
7340 | msgid "identify the working copy or specified revision" | |
5877 | msgstr "" |
|
7341 | msgstr "識別 working copy 或指定的 revision 完整性" | |
5878 | "\n" |
|
7342 | ||
5879 | "額外的說明主題:\n" |
|
7343 | msgid "" | |
5880 | "\n" |
|
|||
5881 |
|
||||
5882 | msgid "" |
|
|||
5883 | "identify the working copy or specified revision\n" |
|
|||
5884 | "\n" |
|
|||
5885 | " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n" |
|
7344 | " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n" | |
5886 |
" repository. |
|
7345 | " repository." | |
5887 | "\n" |
|
7346 | msgstr "" | |
|
7347 | " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n" | |||
|
7348 | " repository." | |||
|
7349 | ||||
|
7350 | msgid "" | |||
5888 | " Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n" |
|
7351 | " Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n" | |
5889 |
" cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle. |
|
7352 | " cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle." | |
5890 | "\n" |
|
7353 | msgstr "" | |
|
7354 | " Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n" | |||
|
7355 | " cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle." | |||
|
7356 | ||||
|
7357 | msgid "" | |||
5891 | " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n" |
|
7358 | " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n" | |
5892 | " parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n" |
|
7359 | " parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n" | |
5893 | " uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n" |
|
7360 | " uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n" | |
5894 | " this revision and a branch name for non-default branches.\n" |
|
7361 | " this revision and a branch name for non-default branches.\n" | |
5895 | " " |
|
7362 | " " | |
5896 | msgstr "" |
|
7363 | msgstr "" | |
5897 | "識別 working copy 或指定的 revision 完整性\n" |
|
|||
5898 | "\n" |
|
|||
5899 | " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n" |
|
|||
5900 | " repository.\n" |
|
|||
5901 | "\n" |
|
|||
5902 | " Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n" |
|
|||
5903 | " cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle.\n" |
|
|||
5904 | "\n" |
|
|||
5905 | " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n" |
|
7364 | " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n" | |
5906 | " parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n" |
|
7365 | " parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n" | |
5907 | " uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n" |
|
7366 | " uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n" | |
@@ -5909,68 +7368,78 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
5909 | " " |
|
7368 | " " | |
5910 |
|
7369 | |||
5911 | #, fuzzy |
|
7370 | #, fuzzy | |
5912 | msgid "" |
|
7371 | msgid "import an ordered set of patches" | |
5913 | "import an ordered set of patches\n" |
|
7372 | msgstr "import 一組有順序的 patches" | |
5914 | "\n" |
|
7373 | ||
5915 | " Import a list of patches and commit them individually.\n" |
|
7374 | #, fuzzy | |
5916 | "\n" |
|
7375 | msgid " Import a list of patches and commit them individually." | |
|
7376 | msgstr " Import a list of patches and commit them individually." | |||
|
7377 | ||||
|
7378 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7379 | msgid "" | |||
5917 | " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n" |
|
7380 | " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n" | |
5918 |
" will abort unless given the -f/--force flag. |
|
7381 | " will abort unless given the -f/--force flag." | |
5919 | "\n" |
|
7382 | msgstr "" | |
|
7383 | " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n" | |||
|
7384 | " will abort unless given the -f/--force flag." | |||
|
7385 | ||||
|
7386 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7387 | msgid "" | |||
5920 | " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n" |
|
7388 | " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n" | |
5921 | " as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n" |
|
7389 | " as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n" | |
5922 | " text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n" |
|
7390 | " text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n" | |
5923 | " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n" |
|
7391 | " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n" | |
5924 | " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n" |
|
7392 | " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n" | |
5925 |
" message. |
|
7393 | " message." | |
5926 | "\n" |
|
7394 | msgstr "" | |
5927 | " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n" |
|
|||
5928 | " description from patch override values from message headers and\n" |
|
|||
5929 | " body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n" |
|
|||
5930 | " override these.\n" |
|
|||
5931 | "\n" |
|
|||
5932 | " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n" |
|
|||
5933 | " the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n" |
|
|||
5934 | " resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n" |
|
|||
5935 | " the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n" |
|
|||
5936 | " deficiencies in the text patch format.\n" |
|
|||
5937 | "\n" |
|
|||
5938 | " With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n" |
|
|||
5939 | " copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'.\n" |
|
|||
5940 | "\n" |
|
|||
5941 | " To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name. If\n" |
|
|||
5942 | " a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.\n" |
|
|||
5943 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
|||
5944 | " " |
|
|||
5945 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
5946 | "import 一組有順序的 patches\n" |
|
|||
5947 | "\n" |
|
|||
5948 | " Import a list of patches and commit them individually.\n" |
|
|||
5949 | "\n" |
|
|||
5950 | " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n" |
|
|||
5951 | " will abort unless given the -f/--force flag.\n" |
|
|||
5952 | "\n" |
|
|||
5953 | " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n" |
|
7395 | " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n" | |
5954 | " as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n" |
|
7396 | " as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n" | |
5955 | " text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n" |
|
7397 | " text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n" | |
5956 | " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n" |
|
7398 | " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n" | |
5957 | " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n" |
|
7399 | " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n" | |
5958 |
" message. |
|
7400 | " message." | |
5959 | "\n" |
|
7401 | ||
|
7402 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7403 | msgid "" | |||
5960 | " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n" |
|
7404 | " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n" | |
5961 | " description from patch override values from message headers and\n" |
|
7405 | " description from patch override values from message headers and\n" | |
5962 | " body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n" |
|
7406 | " body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n" | |
5963 |
" override these. |
|
7407 | " override these." | |
5964 | "\n" |
|
7408 | msgstr "" | |
|
7409 | " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n" | |||
|
7410 | " description from patch override values from message headers and\n" | |||
|
7411 | " body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n" | |||
|
7412 | " override these." | |||
|
7413 | ||||
|
7414 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7415 | msgid "" | |||
5965 | " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n" |
|
7416 | " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n" | |
5966 | " the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n" |
|
7417 | " the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n" | |
5967 | " resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n" |
|
7418 | " resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n" | |
5968 | " the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n" |
|
7419 | " the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n" | |
5969 |
" deficiencies in the text patch format. |
|
7420 | " deficiencies in the text patch format." | |
5970 | "\n" |
|
7421 | msgstr "" | |
|
7422 | " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n" | |||
|
7423 | " the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n" | |||
|
7424 | " resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n" | |||
|
7425 | " the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n" | |||
|
7426 | " deficiencies in the text patch format." | |||
|
7427 | ||||
|
7428 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7429 | msgid "" | |||
5971 | " With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n" |
|
7430 | " With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n" | |
5972 |
" copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'. |
|
7431 | " copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'." | |
5973 | "\n" |
|
7432 | msgstr "" | |
|
7433 | " With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n" | |||
|
7434 | " copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'." | |||
|
7435 | ||||
|
7436 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7437 | msgid "" | |||
|
7438 | " To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name. If\n" | |||
|
7439 | " a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.\n" | |||
|
7440 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" | |||
|
7441 | " " | |||
|
7442 | msgstr "" | |||
5974 | " To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name.\n" |
|
7443 | " To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name.\n" | |
5975 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
7444 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" | |
5976 | " " |
|
7445 | " " | |
@@ -5987,196 +7456,198 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
5987 | msgid "patch is damaged or loses information" |
|
7456 | msgid "patch is damaged or loses information" | |
5988 | msgstr "" |
|
7457 | msgstr "" | |
5989 |
|
7458 | |||
5990 | msgid "" |
|
7459 | msgid "show new changesets found in source" | |
5991 | "show new changesets found in source\n" |
|
7460 | msgstr "顯示來源端新的 changesets" | |
5992 | "\n" |
|
7461 | ||
|
7462 | msgid "" | |||
5993 | " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n" |
|
7463 | " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n" | |
5994 | " pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n" |
|
7464 | " pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n" | |
5995 |
" if a pull at the time you issued this command. |
|
7465 | " if a pull at the time you issued this command." | |
5996 | "\n" |
|
7466 | msgstr "" | |
5997 | " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n" |
|
|||
5998 | " changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull.\n" |
|
|||
5999 | "\n" |
|
|||
6000 | " See pull for valid source format details.\n" |
|
|||
6001 | " " |
|
|||
6002 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
6003 | "顯示來源端新的 changesets\n" |
|
|||
6004 | "\n" |
|
|||
6005 | " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n" |
|
7467 | " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n" | |
6006 | " pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n" |
|
7468 | " pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n" | |
6007 |
" if a pull at the time you issued this command. |
|
7469 | " if a pull at the time you issued this command." | |
6008 | "\n" |
|
7470 | ||
|
7471 | msgid "" | |||
|
7472 | " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n" | |||
|
7473 | " changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull." | |||
|
7474 | msgstr "" | |||
6009 | " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n" |
|
7475 | " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n" | |
6010 |
" changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull. |
|
7476 | " changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull." | |
6011 | "\n" |
|
7477 | ||
|
7478 | msgid "" | |||
|
7479 | " See pull for valid source format details.\n" | |||
|
7480 | " " | |||
|
7481 | msgstr "" | |||
6012 | " See pull for valid source format details.\n" |
|
7482 | " See pull for valid source format details.\n" | |
6013 | " " |
|
7483 | " " | |
6014 |
|
7484 | |||
6015 | msgid "" |
|
7485 | msgid "create a new repository in the given directory" | |
6016 | "create a new repository in the given directory\n" |
|
7486 | msgstr "於指定的目錄建立新的 repository" | |
6017 | "\n" |
|
7487 | ||
|
7488 | msgid "" | |||
6018 | " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n" |
|
7489 | " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n" | |
6019 |
" directory does not exist, it will be created. |
|
7490 | " directory does not exist, it will be created." | |
6020 | "\n" |
|
7491 | msgstr "" | |
6021 | " If no directory is given, the current directory is used.\n" |
|
7492 | " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n" | |
6022 | "\n" |
|
7493 | " directory does not exist, it will be created." | |
|
7494 | ||||
|
7495 | msgid " If no directory is given, the current directory is used." | |||
|
7496 | msgstr " If no directory is given, the current directory is used." | |||
|
7497 | ||||
|
7498 | msgid "" | |||
6023 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n" |
|
7499 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n" | |
6024 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" |
|
7500 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" | |
6025 | " " |
|
7501 | " " | |
6026 | msgstr "" |
|
7502 | msgstr "" | |
6027 | "於指定的目錄建立新的 repository\n" |
|
|||
6028 | "\n" |
|
|||
6029 | " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n" |
|
|||
6030 | " directory does not exist, it will be created.\n" |
|
|||
6031 | "\n" |
|
|||
6032 | " If no directory is given, the current directory is used.\n" |
|
|||
6033 | "\n" |
|
|||
6034 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n" |
|
7503 | " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n" | |
6035 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" |
|
7504 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" | |
6036 | " " |
|
7505 | " " | |
6037 |
|
7506 | |||
6038 | msgid "" |
|
7507 | msgid "locate files matching specific patterns" | |
6039 | "locate files matching specific patterns\n" |
|
7508 | msgstr "找出符合指定樣式的檔案" | |
6040 | "\n" |
|
7509 | ||
|
7510 | msgid "" | |||
6041 | " Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n" |
|
7511 | " Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n" | |
6042 |
" names match the given patterns. |
|
7512 | " names match the given patterns." | |
6043 | "\n" |
|
7513 | msgstr "" | |
|
7514 | " Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n" | |||
|
7515 | " names match the given patterns." | |||
|
7516 | ||||
|
7517 | msgid "" | |||
6044 | " By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n" |
|
7518 | " By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n" | |
6045 | " directory. To search just the current directory and its\n" |
|
7519 | " directory. To search just the current directory and its\n" | |
6046 |
" subdirectories, use \"--include .\". |
|
7520 | " subdirectories, use \"--include .\"." | |
6047 | "\n" |
|
7521 | msgstr "" | |
|
7522 | " By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n" | |||
|
7523 | " directory. To search just the current directory and its\n" | |||
|
7524 | " subdirectories, use \"--include .\"." | |||
|
7525 | ||||
|
7526 | msgid "" | |||
6048 | " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n" |
|
7527 | " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n" | |
6049 |
" of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory. |
|
7528 | " of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory." | |
6050 | "\n" |
|
7529 | msgstr "" | |
|
7530 | " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n" | |||
|
7531 | " of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory." | |||
|
7532 | ||||
|
7533 | msgid "" | |||
6051 | " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n" |
|
7534 | " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n" | |
6052 | " command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n" |
|
7535 | " command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n" | |
6053 | " will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n" |
|
7536 | " will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n" | |
6054 | " contain whitespace as multiple filenames.\n" |
|
7537 | " contain whitespace as multiple filenames.\n" | |
6055 | " " |
|
7538 | " " | |
6056 | msgstr "" |
|
7539 | msgstr "" | |
6057 | "找出符合指定樣式的檔案\n" |
|
|||
6058 | "\n" |
|
|||
6059 | " Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n" |
|
|||
6060 | " names match the given patterns.\n" |
|
|||
6061 | "\n" |
|
|||
6062 | " By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n" |
|
|||
6063 | " directory. To search just the current directory and its\n" |
|
|||
6064 | " subdirectories, use \"--include .\".\n" |
|
|||
6065 | "\n" |
|
|||
6066 | " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n" |
|
|||
6067 | " of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory.\n" |
|
|||
6068 | "\n" |
|
|||
6069 | " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n" |
|
7540 | " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n" | |
6070 | " command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n" |
|
7541 | " command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n" | |
6071 | " will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n" |
|
7542 | " will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n" | |
6072 | " contain whitespace as multiple filenames.\n" |
|
7543 | " contain whitespace as multiple filenames.\n" | |
6073 | " " |
|
7544 | " " | |
6074 |
|
7545 | |||
6075 | msgid "" |
|
7546 | msgid "show revision history of entire repository or files" | |
6076 | "show revision history of entire repository or files\n" |
|
7547 | msgstr "顯示整個 repository 或特定檔案的 revision history" | |
6077 | "\n" |
|
7548 | ||
|
7549 | msgid "" | |||
6078 | " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n" |
|
7550 | " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n" | |
6079 |
" project. |
|
7551 | " project." | |
6080 | "\n" |
|
7552 | msgstr "" | |
|
7553 | " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n" | |||
|
7554 | " project." | |||
|
7555 | ||||
|
7556 | msgid "" | |||
6081 | " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n" |
|
7557 | " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n" | |
6082 | " files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n" |
|
7558 | " files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n" | |
6083 | " renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n" |
|
7559 | " renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n" | |
6084 | " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n" |
|
7560 | " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n" | |
6085 |
" only follows the first parent of merge revisions. |
|
7561 | " only follows the first parent of merge revisions." | |
6086 | "\n" |
|
7562 | msgstr "" | |
|
7563 | " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n" | |||
|
7564 | " files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n" | |||
|
7565 | " renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n" | |||
|
7566 | " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n" | |||
|
7567 | " only follows the first parent of merge revisions." | |||
|
7568 | ||||
|
7569 | msgid "" | |||
6087 | " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n" |
|
7570 | " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n" | |
6088 | " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n" |
|
7571 | " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n" | |
6089 |
" used as the starting revision. |
|
7572 | " used as the starting revision." | |
6090 | "\n" |
|
7573 | msgstr "" | |
6091 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
7574 | " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n" | |
6092 | "\n" |
|
7575 | " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n" | |
|
7576 | " used as the starting revision." | |||
|
7577 | ||||
|
7578 | msgid "" | |||
6093 | " By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n" |
|
7579 | " By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n" | |
6094 | " tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n" |
|
7580 | " tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n" | |
6095 | " each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n" |
|
7581 | " each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n" | |
6096 |
" changed files and full commit message are shown. |
|
7582 | " changed files and full commit message are shown." | |
6097 | "\n" |
|
7583 | msgstr "" | |
|
7584 | " By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n" | |||
|
7585 | " tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n" | |||
|
7586 | " each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n" | |||
|
7587 | " changed files and full commit message are shown." | |||
|
7588 | ||||
|
7589 | msgid "" | |||
6098 | " NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n" |
|
7590 | " NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n" | |
6099 | " changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n" |
|
7591 | " changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n" | |
6100 | " its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n" |
|
7592 | " its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n" | |
6101 | " will appear in files:.\n" |
|
7593 | " will appear in files:.\n" | |
6102 | " " |
|
7594 | " " | |
6103 | msgstr "" |
|
7595 | msgstr "" | |
6104 | "顯示整個 repository 或特定檔案的 revision history\n" |
|
|||
6105 | "\n" |
|
|||
6106 | " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n" |
|
|||
6107 | " project.\n" |
|
|||
6108 | "\n" |
|
|||
6109 | " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n" |
|
|||
6110 | " files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n" |
|
|||
6111 | " renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n" |
|
|||
6112 | " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n" |
|
|||
6113 | " only follows the first parent of merge revisions.\n" |
|
|||
6114 | "\n" |
|
|||
6115 | " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n" |
|
|||
6116 | " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n" |
|
|||
6117 | " used as the starting revision.\n" |
|
|||
6118 | "\n" |
|
|||
6119 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
|||
6120 | "\n" |
|
|||
6121 | " By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n" |
|
|||
6122 | " tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n" |
|
|||
6123 | " each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n" |
|
|||
6124 | " changed files and full commit message are shown.\n" |
|
|||
6125 | "\n" |
|
|||
6126 | " NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n" |
|
7596 | " NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n" | |
6127 | " changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n" |
|
7597 | " changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n" | |
6128 | " its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n" |
|
7598 | " its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n" | |
6129 | " will appear in files:.\n" |
|
7599 | " will appear in files:.\n" | |
6130 | " " |
|
7600 | " " | |
6131 |
|
7601 | |||
6132 | msgid "" |
|
7602 | msgid "output the current or given revision of the project manifest" | |
6133 | "output the current or given revision of the project manifest\n" |
|
7603 | msgstr "輸出 project manifest 目前或指定的 revision" | |
6134 | "\n" |
|
7604 | ||
|
7605 | msgid "" | |||
6135 | " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n" |
|
7606 | " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n" | |
6136 | " If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n" |
|
7607 | " If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n" | |
6137 |
" is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out. |
|
7608 | " is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out." | |
6138 | "\n" |
|
7609 | msgstr "" | |
|
7610 | " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n" | |||
|
7611 | " If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n" | |||
|
7612 | " is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out." | |||
|
7613 | ||||
|
7614 | msgid "" | |||
6139 | " With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n" |
|
7615 | " With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n" | |
6140 | " With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n" |
|
7616 | " With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n" | |
6141 | " " |
|
7617 | " " | |
6142 | msgstr "" |
|
7618 | msgstr "" | |
6143 | "輸出 project manifest 目前或指定的 revision\n" |
|
|||
6144 | "\n" |
|
|||
6145 | " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n" |
|
|||
6146 | " If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n" |
|
|||
6147 | " is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out.\n" |
|
|||
6148 | "\n" |
|
|||
6149 | " With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n" |
|
7619 | " With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n" | |
6150 | " With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n" |
|
7620 | " With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n" | |
6151 | " " |
|
7621 | " " | |
6152 |
|
7622 | |||
6153 | msgid "" |
|
7623 | msgid "merge working directory with another revision" | |
6154 |
|
|
7624 | msgstr "將 working directory 與其他的 revision 合併" | |
6155 | "\n" |
|
7625 | ||
|
7626 | msgid "" | |||
6156 | " The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n" |
|
7627 | " The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n" | |
6157 |
" the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision. |
|
7628 | " the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision." | |
6158 | "\n" |
|
7629 | msgstr "" | |
|
7630 | " The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n" | |||
|
7631 | " the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision." | |||
|
7632 | ||||
|
7633 | msgid "" | |||
6159 | " Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n" |
|
7634 | " Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n" | |
6160 | " the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n" |
|
7635 | " the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n" | |
6161 | " updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n" |
|
7636 | " updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n" | |
6162 |
" two parents. |
|
7637 | " two parents." | |
6163 | "\n" |
|
7638 | msgstr "" | |
|
7639 | " Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n" | |||
|
7640 | " the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n" | |||
|
7641 | " updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n" | |||
|
7642 | " two parents." | |||
|
7643 | ||||
|
7644 | msgid "" | |||
6164 | " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n" |
|
7645 | " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n" | |
6165 | " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n" |
|
7646 | " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n" | |
6166 | " head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n" |
|
7647 | " head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n" | |
6167 | " explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided.\n" |
|
7648 | " explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided.\n" | |
6168 | " " |
|
7649 | " " | |
6169 | msgstr "" |
|
7650 | msgstr "" | |
6170 | "將 working directory 與其他的 revision 合併\n" |
|
|||
6171 | "\n" |
|
|||
6172 | " The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n" |
|
|||
6173 | " the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision.\n" |
|
|||
6174 | "\n" |
|
|||
6175 | " Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n" |
|
|||
6176 | " the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n" |
|
|||
6177 | " updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n" |
|
|||
6178 | " two parents.\n" |
|
|||
6179 | "\n" |
|
|||
6180 | " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n" |
|
7651 | " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n" | |
6181 | " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n" |
|
7652 | " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n" | |
6182 | " head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n" |
|
7653 | " head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n" | |
@@ -6198,33 +7669,32 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
6198 | msgid "%s - use \"hg update\" instead" |
|
7669 | msgid "%s - use \"hg update\" instead" | |
6199 | msgstr "" |
|
7670 | msgstr "" | |
6200 |
|
7671 | |||
6201 | msgid "" |
|
7672 | msgid "working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit rev" | |
6202 | "working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit " |
|
7673 | msgstr "" | |
6203 | "rev" |
|
7674 | ||
6204 | msgstr "" |
|
7675 | msgid "show changesets not found in destination" | |
6205 |
|
7676 | msgstr "顯示目的端沒有的 changesets" | ||
6206 | msgid "" |
|
7677 | ||
6207 | "show changesets not found in destination\n" |
|
7678 | msgid "" | |
6208 | "\n" |
|
7679 | " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n" | |
|
7680 | " or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n" | |||
|
7681 | " be pushed if a push was requested." | |||
|
7682 | msgstr "" | |||
6209 | " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n" |
|
7683 | " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n" | |
6210 | " or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n" |
|
7684 | " or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n" | |
6211 |
" be pushed if a push was requested. |
|
7685 | " be pushed if a push was requested." | |
6212 | "\n" |
|
7686 | ||
|
7687 | msgid "" | |||
|
7688 | " See pull for valid destination format details.\n" | |||
|
7689 | " " | |||
|
7690 | msgstr "" | |||
6213 | " See pull for valid destination format details.\n" |
|
7691 | " See pull for valid destination format details.\n" | |
6214 | " " |
|
7692 | " " | |
6215 | msgstr "" |
|
7693 | ||
6216 | "顯示目的端沒有的 changesets\n" |
|
7694 | msgid "show the parents of the working directory or revision" | |
6217 | "\n" |
|
7695 | msgstr "顯示 working directory 或特定 revision 的 parents" | |
6218 | " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n" |
|
7696 | ||
6219 | " or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n" |
|
7697 | msgid "" | |
6220 | " be pushed if a push was requested.\n" |
|
|||
6221 | "\n" |
|
|||
6222 | " See pull for valid destination format details.\n" |
|
|||
6223 | " " |
|
|||
6224 |
|
||||
6225 | msgid "" |
|
|||
6226 | "show the parents of the working directory or revision\n" |
|
|||
6227 | "\n" |
|
|||
6228 | " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n" |
|
7698 | " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n" | |
6229 | " given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n" |
|
7699 | " given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n" | |
6230 | " If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n" |
|
7700 | " If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n" | |
@@ -6232,8 +7702,6 b' msgid ""' | |||||
6232 | " argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n" |
|
7702 | " argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n" | |
6233 | " " |
|
7703 | " " | |
6234 | msgstr "" |
|
7704 | msgstr "" | |
6235 | "顯示 working directory 或特定 revision 的 parents\n" |
|
|||
6236 | "\n" |
|
|||
6237 | " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n" |
|
7705 | " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n" | |
6238 | " given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n" |
|
7706 | " given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n" | |
6239 | " If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n" |
|
7707 | " If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n" | |
@@ -6248,26 +7716,27 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
6248 | msgid "'%s' not found in manifest!" |
|
7716 | msgid "'%s' not found in manifest!" | |
6249 | msgstr "" |
|
7717 | msgstr "" | |
6250 |
|
7718 | |||
6251 | msgid "" |
|
7719 | msgid "show aliases for remote repositories" | |
6252 | "show aliases for remote repositories\n" |
|
7720 | msgstr "顯示 remote repositories 的別名" | |
6253 | "\n" |
|
7721 | ||
|
7722 | msgid "" | |||
|
7723 | " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n" | |||
|
7724 | " show definition of all available names." | |||
|
7725 | msgstr "" | |||
6254 | " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n" |
|
7726 | " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n" | |
6255 |
" show definition of all available names. |
|
7727 | " show definition of all available names." | |
6256 | "\n" |
|
7728 | ||
|
7729 | msgid "" | |||
6257 | " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n" |
|
7730 | " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n" | |
6258 |
" and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too. |
|
7731 | " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too." | |
6259 | "\n" |
|
7732 | msgstr "" | |
|
7733 | " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n" | |||
|
7734 | " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too." | |||
|
7735 | ||||
|
7736 | msgid "" | |||
6260 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" |
|
7737 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" | |
6261 | " " |
|
7738 | " " | |
6262 | msgstr "" |
|
7739 | msgstr "" | |
6263 | "顯示 remote repositories 的別名\n" |
|
|||
6264 | "\n" |
|
|||
6265 | " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n" |
|
|||
6266 | " show definition of all available names.\n" |
|
|||
6267 | "\n" |
|
|||
6268 | " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n" |
|
|||
6269 | " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too.\n" |
|
|||
6270 | "\n" |
|
|||
6271 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" |
|
7740 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" | |
6272 | " " |
|
7741 | " " | |
6273 |
|
7742 | |||
@@ -6283,81 +7752,87 b' msgstr "(\xe5\x9f\xb7\xe8\xa1\x8c \'hg heads\' \xe4\xbb\xa5\xe9\xa1\xaf\xe7\xa4\xba heads\xef\xbc\x8c\'hg merge\' \xe4\xbb\xa5\xe5\x9f\xb7\xe8\xa1\x8c\xe5\x90\x88\xe4\xbd\xb5)\\n"' | |||||
6283 | msgid "(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n" |
|
7752 | msgid "(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n" | |
6284 | msgstr "(執行 'hg update' 來取得 working copy)\n" |
|
7753 | msgstr "(執行 'hg update' 來取得 working copy)\n" | |
6285 |
|
7754 | |||
6286 | msgid "" |
|
7755 | msgid "pull changes from the specified source" | |
6287 | "pull changes from the specified source\n" |
|
7756 | msgstr "pull 指定來源端的 changes" | |
6288 | "\n" |
|
7757 | ||
6289 |
" Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one. |
|
7758 | msgid " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one." | |
6290 | "\n" |
|
7759 | msgstr " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one." | |
|
7760 | ||||
|
7761 | msgid "" | |||
6291 | " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n" |
|
7762 | " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n" | |
6292 | " or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n" |
|
7763 | " or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n" | |
6293 | " -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n" |
|
7764 | " -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n" | |
6294 |
" project in the working directory. |
|
7765 | " project in the working directory." | |
6295 | "\n" |
|
7766 | msgstr "" | |
|
7767 | " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n" | |||
|
7768 | " or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n" | |||
|
7769 | " -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n" | |||
|
7770 | " project in the working directory." | |||
|
7771 | ||||
|
7772 | msgid "" | |||
6296 | " Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n" |
|
7773 | " Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n" | |
6297 | " pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n" |
|
7774 | " pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n" | |
6298 | " added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n" |
|
7775 | " added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n" | |
6299 |
" where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming. |
|
7776 | " where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming." | |
6300 | "\n" |
|
7777 | msgstr "" | |
6301 | " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n" |
|
|||
6302 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" |
|
|||
6303 | " " |
|
|||
6304 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
6305 | "pull 指定來源端的 changes\n" |
|
|||
6306 | "\n" |
|
|||
6307 | " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one.\n" |
|
|||
6308 | "\n" |
|
|||
6309 | " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n" |
|
|||
6310 | " or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n" |
|
|||
6311 | " -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n" |
|
|||
6312 | " project in the working directory.\n" |
|
|||
6313 | "\n" |
|
|||
6314 | " Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n" |
|
7778 | " Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n" | |
6315 | " pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n" |
|
7779 | " pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n" | |
6316 | " added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n" |
|
7780 | " added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n" | |
6317 |
" where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming. |
|
7781 | " where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming." | |
6318 | "\n" |
|
7782 | ||
|
7783 | msgid "" | |||
|
7784 | " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n" | |||
|
7785 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" | |||
|
7786 | " " | |||
|
7787 | msgstr "" | |||
6319 | " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n" |
|
7788 | " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n" | |
6320 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" |
|
7789 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" | |
6321 | " " |
|
7790 | " " | |
6322 |
|
7791 | |||
6323 | #, fuzzy |
|
7792 | #, fuzzy | |
6324 | msgid "" |
|
7793 | msgid "push changes to the specified destination" | |
6325 | "push changes to the specified destination\n" |
|
7794 | msgstr "將 changes push 至指定的目的端" | |
6326 | "\n" |
|
7795 | ||
6327 | " Push changes from the local repository to the given destination.\n" |
|
7796 | #, fuzzy | |
6328 | "\n" |
|
7797 | msgid " Push changes from the local repository to the given destination." | |
|
7798 | msgstr " Push changes from the local repository to the given destination." | |||
|
7799 | ||||
|
7800 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7801 | msgid "" | |||
6329 | " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n" |
|
7802 | " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n" | |
6330 | " the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n" |
|
7803 | " the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n" | |
6331 | " local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n" |
|
7804 | " local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n" | |
6332 |
" current one. |
|
7805 | " current one." | |
6333 | "\n" |
|
7806 | msgstr "" | |
6334 | " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n" |
|
|||
6335 | " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n" |
|
|||
6336 | " user forgot to pull and merge before pushing.\n" |
|
|||
6337 | "\n" |
|
|||
6338 | " If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n" |
|
|||
6339 | " be pushed to the remote repository.\n" |
|
|||
6340 | "\n" |
|
|||
6341 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n" |
|
|||
6342 | " URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n" |
|
|||
6343 | " " |
|
|||
6344 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
6345 | "將 changes push 至指定的目的端\n" |
|
|||
6346 | "\n" |
|
|||
6347 | " Push changes from the local repository to the given destination.\n" |
|
|||
6348 | "\n" |
|
|||
6349 | " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n" |
|
7807 | " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n" | |
6350 | " the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n" |
|
7808 | " the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n" | |
6351 | " local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n" |
|
7809 | " local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n" | |
6352 |
" current one. |
|
7810 | " current one." | |
6353 | "\n" |
|
7811 | ||
|
7812 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7813 | msgid "" | |||
|
7814 | " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n" | |||
|
7815 | " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n" | |||
|
7816 | " user forgot to pull and merge before pushing." | |||
|
7817 | msgstr "" | |||
6354 | " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n" |
|
7818 | " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n" | |
6355 | " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n" |
|
7819 | " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n" | |
6356 |
" user forgot to pull and merge before pushing. |
|
7820 | " user forgot to pull and merge before pushing." | |
6357 | "\n" |
|
7821 | ||
|
7822 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7823 | msgid "" | |||
|
7824 | " If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n" | |||
|
7825 | " be pushed to the remote repository." | |||
|
7826 | msgstr "" | |||
6358 | " If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n" |
|
7827 | " If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n" | |
6359 |
" be pushed to the remote repository. |
|
7828 | " be pushed to the remote repository." | |
6360 | "\n" |
|
7829 | ||
|
7830 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7831 | msgid "" | |||
|
7832 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n" | |||
|
7833 | " URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n" | |||
|
7834 | " " | |||
|
7835 | msgstr "" | |||
6361 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n" |
|
7836 | " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n" | |
6362 | " URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n" |
|
7837 | " URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n" | |
6363 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" |
|
7838 | " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" | |
@@ -6367,75 +7842,79 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
6367 | msgid "pushing to %s\n" |
|
7842 | msgid "pushing to %s\n" | |
6368 | msgstr "" |
|
7843 | msgstr "" | |
6369 |
|
7844 | |||
6370 | msgid "" |
|
7845 | msgid "roll back an interrupted transaction" | |
6371 |
"roll back |
|
7846 | msgstr "roll back 一個被中斷的 transaction" | |
6372 | "\n" |
|
7847 | ||
6373 |
" Recover from an interrupted commit or pull. |
|
7848 | msgid " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull." | |
6374 | "\n" |
|
7849 | msgstr " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull." | |
|
7850 | ||||
|
7851 | msgid "" | |||
6375 | " This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n" |
|
7852 | " This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n" | |
6376 | " interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n" |
|
7853 | " interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n" | |
6377 | " suggests it.\n" |
|
7854 | " suggests it.\n" | |
6378 | " " |
|
7855 | " " | |
6379 | msgstr "" |
|
7856 | msgstr "" | |
6380 | "roll back 一個被中斷的 transaction\n" |
|
|||
6381 | "\n" |
|
|||
6382 | " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull.\n" |
|
|||
6383 | "\n" |
|
|||
6384 | " This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n" |
|
7857 | " This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n" | |
6385 | " interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n" |
|
7858 | " interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n" | |
6386 | " suggests it.\n" |
|
7859 | " suggests it.\n" | |
6387 | " " |
|
7860 | " " | |
6388 |
|
7861 | |||
6389 | #, fuzzy |
|
7862 | #, fuzzy | |
6390 | msgid "" |
|
7863 | msgid "remove the specified files on the next commit" | |
6391 | "remove the specified files on the next commit\n" |
|
7864 | msgstr "移除下次要 commit 的檔案" | |
6392 | "\n" |
|
7865 | ||
6393 | " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository.\n" |
|
7866 | #, fuzzy | |
6394 | "\n" |
|
7867 | msgid " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository." | |
|
7868 | msgstr " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository." | |||
|
7869 | ||||
|
7870 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7871 | msgid "" | |||
6395 | " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n" |
|
7872 | " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n" | |
6396 | " entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n" |
|
7873 | " entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n" | |
6397 | " files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n" |
|
7874 | " files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n" | |
6398 | " force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n" |
|
7875 | " force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n" | |
6399 |
" revision without deleting them from the working directory. |
|
7876 | " revision without deleting them from the working directory." | |
6400 | "\n" |
|
7877 | msgstr "" | |
|
7878 | " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n" | |||
|
7879 | " entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n" | |||
|
7880 | " files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n" | |||
|
7881 | " force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n" | |||
|
7882 | " revision without deleting them from the working directory." | |||
|
7883 | ||||
|
7884 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7885 | msgid "" | |||
6401 | " The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n" |
|
7886 | " The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n" | |
6402 | " file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n" |
|
7887 | " file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n" | |
6403 | " states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as\n" |
|
7888 | " states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as\n" | |
6404 | " reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)\n" |
|
7889 | " reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)\n" | |
6405 |
" and Delete (from disk):: |
|
7890 | " and Delete (from disk)::" | |
6406 | "\n" |
|
7891 | msgstr "" | |
|
7892 | " The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n" | |||
|
7893 | " file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n" | |||
|
7894 | " states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]\n" | |||
|
7895 | " (as reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from\n" | |||
|
7896 | " branch) and Delete (from disk)." | |||
|
7897 | ||||
|
7898 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7899 | msgid "" | |||
6407 | " A C M !\n" |
|
7900 | " A C M !\n" | |
6408 | " none W RD W R\n" |
|
7901 | " none W RD W R\n" | |
6409 | " -f R RD RD R\n" |
|
7902 | " -f R RD RD R\n" | |
6410 | " -A W W W R\n" |
|
7903 | " -A W W W R\n" | |
6411 |
" -Af R R R R |
|
7904 | " -Af R R R R" | |
6412 | "\n" |
|
7905 | msgstr "" | |
6413 | " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n" |
|
|||
6414 | " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n" |
|
|||
6415 | " " |
|
|||
6416 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
6417 | "移除下次要 commit 的檔案\n" |
|
|||
6418 | "\n" |
|
|||
6419 | " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository.\n" |
|
|||
6420 | "\n" |
|
|||
6421 | " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n" |
|
|||
6422 | " entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n" |
|
|||
6423 | " files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n" |
|
|||
6424 | " force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n" |
|
|||
6425 | " revision without deleting them from the working directory.\n" |
|
|||
6426 | "\n" |
|
|||
6427 | " The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n" |
|
|||
6428 | " file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n" |
|
|||
6429 | " states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]\n" |
|
|||
6430 | " (as reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from\n" |
|
|||
6431 | " branch) and Delete (from disk).\n" |
|
|||
6432 | "\n" |
|
|||
6433 | " A C M !\n" |
|
7906 | " A C M !\n" | |
6434 | " none W RD W R\n" |
|
7907 | " none W RD W R\n" | |
6435 | " -f R RD RD R\n" |
|
7908 | " -f R RD RD R\n" | |
6436 | " -A W W W R\n" |
|
7909 | " -A W W W R\n" | |
6437 |
" -Af R R R R |
|
7910 | " -Af R R R R" | |
6438 | "\n" |
|
7911 | ||
|
7912 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7913 | msgid "" | |||
|
7914 | " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n" | |||
|
7915 | " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n" | |||
|
7916 | " " | |||
|
7917 | msgstr "" | |||
6439 | " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n" |
|
7918 | " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n" | |
6440 | " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n" |
|
7919 | " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n" | |
6441 | " " |
|
7920 | " " | |
@@ -6457,38 +7936,56 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
6457 | msgid "has been marked for add" |
|
7936 | msgid "has been marked for add" | |
6458 | msgstr "" |
|
7937 | msgstr "" | |
6459 |
|
7938 | |||
6460 | msgid "" |
|
7939 | msgid "rename files; equivalent of copy + remove" | |
6461 | "rename files; equivalent of copy + remove\n" |
|
7940 | msgstr "重新命名檔案;等同於 copy + remove" | |
6462 | "\n" |
|
7941 | ||
|
7942 | msgid "" | |||
6463 | " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n" |
|
7943 | " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n" | |
6464 | " is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n" |
|
7944 | " is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n" | |
6465 |
" file, there can only be one source. |
|
7945 | " file, there can only be one source." | |
6466 | "\n" |
|
7946 | msgstr "" | |
6467 | " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n" |
|
7947 | " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n" | |
6468 | " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n" |
|
7948 | " is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n" | |
6469 | " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n" |
|
7949 | " file, there can only be one source." | |
6470 | "\n" |
|
7950 | ||
|
7951 | msgid "" | |||
|
7952 | " This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n" | |||
|
7953 | " before that, see hg revert.\n" | |||
|
7954 | " " | |||
|
7955 | msgstr "" | |||
6471 | " This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n" |
|
7956 | " This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n" | |
6472 | " before that, see hg revert.\n" |
|
7957 | " before that, see hg revert.\n" | |
6473 | " " |
|
7958 | " " | |
6474 | msgstr "" |
|
7959 | ||
6475 | "重新命名檔案;等同於 copy + remove\n" |
|
7960 | #, fuzzy | |
6476 | "\n" |
|
7961 | msgid "retry file merges from a merge or update" | |
6477 | " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n" |
|
7962 | msgstr "" | |
6478 | " is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n" |
|
7963 | "重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n" | |
6479 | " file, there can only be one source.\n" |
|
7964 | "\n" | |
6480 | "\n" |
|
7965 | " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n" | |
6481 | " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n" |
|
7966 | " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n" | |
6482 | " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n" |
|
7967 | " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n" | |
6483 | " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n" |
|
7968 | "\n" | |
6484 | "\n" |
|
7969 | " If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n" | |
6485 | " This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n" |
|
7970 | " will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n" | |
6486 | " before that, see hg revert.\n" |
|
7971 | " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n" | |
6487 | " " |
|
7972 | "\n" | |
6488 |
|
7973 | " This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n" | ||
6489 | #, fuzzy |
|
7974 | " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n" | |
6490 | msgid "" |
|
7975 | " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n" | |
6491 | "retry file merges from a merge or update\n" |
|
7976 | "\n" | |
|
7977 | " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n" | |||
|
7978 | " U = unresolved\n" | |||
|
7979 | " R = resolved\n" | |||
|
7980 | " " | |||
|
7981 | ||||
|
7982 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
7983 | msgid "" | |||
|
7984 | " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n" | |||
|
7985 | " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n" | |||
|
7986 | " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch." | |||
|
7987 | msgstr "" | |||
|
7988 | "重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n" | |||
6492 | "\n" |
|
7989 | "\n" | |
6493 | " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n" |
|
7990 | " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n" | |
6494 | " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n" |
|
7991 | " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n" | |
@@ -6502,8 +7999,85 b' msgid ""' | |||||
6502 | " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n" |
|
7999 | " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n" | |
6503 | " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n" |
|
8000 | " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n" | |
6504 | "\n" |
|
8001 | "\n" | |
6505 |
" The codes used to show the status of files are: |
|
8002 | " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n" | |
6506 | "\n" |
|
8003 | " U = unresolved\n" | |
|
8004 | " R = resolved\n" | |||
|
8005 | " " | |||
|
8006 | ||||
|
8007 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8008 | msgid "" | |||
|
8009 | " If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n" | |||
|
8010 | " will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n" | |||
|
8011 | " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved." | |||
|
8012 | msgstr "" | |||
|
8013 | "重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n" | |||
|
8014 | "\n" | |||
|
8015 | " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n" | |||
|
8016 | " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n" | |||
|
8017 | " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n" | |||
|
8018 | "\n" | |||
|
8019 | " If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n" | |||
|
8020 | " will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n" | |||
|
8021 | " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n" | |||
|
8022 | "\n" | |||
|
8023 | " This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n" | |||
|
8024 | " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n" | |||
|
8025 | " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n" | |||
|
8026 | "\n" | |||
|
8027 | " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n" | |||
|
8028 | " U = unresolved\n" | |||
|
8029 | " R = resolved\n" | |||
|
8030 | " " | |||
|
8031 | ||||
|
8032 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8033 | msgid "" | |||
|
8034 | " This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n" | |||
|
8035 | " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n" | |||
|
8036 | " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted." | |||
|
8037 | msgstr "" | |||
|
8038 | "重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n" | |||
|
8039 | "\n" | |||
|
8040 | " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n" | |||
|
8041 | " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n" | |||
|
8042 | " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n" | |||
|
8043 | "\n" | |||
|
8044 | " If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n" | |||
|
8045 | " will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n" | |||
|
8046 | " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n" | |||
|
8047 | "\n" | |||
|
8048 | " This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n" | |||
|
8049 | " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n" | |||
|
8050 | " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n" | |||
|
8051 | "\n" | |||
|
8052 | " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n" | |||
|
8053 | " U = unresolved\n" | |||
|
8054 | " R = resolved\n" | |||
|
8055 | " " | |||
|
8056 | ||||
|
8057 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8058 | msgid " The codes used to show the status of files are::" | |||
|
8059 | msgstr "" | |||
|
8060 | "重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n" | |||
|
8061 | "\n" | |||
|
8062 | " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n" | |||
|
8063 | " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n" | |||
|
8064 | " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n" | |||
|
8065 | "\n" | |||
|
8066 | " If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n" | |||
|
8067 | " will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n" | |||
|
8068 | " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n" | |||
|
8069 | "\n" | |||
|
8070 | " This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n" | |||
|
8071 | " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n" | |||
|
8072 | " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n" | |||
|
8073 | "\n" | |||
|
8074 | " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n" | |||
|
8075 | " U = unresolved\n" | |||
|
8076 | " R = resolved\n" | |||
|
8077 | " " | |||
|
8078 | ||||
|
8079 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8080 | msgid "" | |||
6507 | " U = unresolved\n" |
|
8081 | " U = unresolved\n" | |
6508 | " R = resolved\n" |
|
8082 | " R = resolved\n" | |
6509 | " " |
|
8083 | " " | |
@@ -6536,69 +8110,74 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
6536 | msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to remerge all files" |
|
8110 | msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to remerge all files" | |
6537 | msgstr "" |
|
8111 | msgstr "" | |
6538 |
|
8112 | |||
6539 | msgid "" |
|
8113 | msgid "restore individual files or directories to an earlier state" | |
6540 | "restore individual files or directories to an earlier state\n" |
|
8114 | msgstr "將特定的檔案或目錄回復成較早的狀態" | |
6541 | "\n" |
|
8115 | ||
|
8116 | msgid "" | |||
|
8117 | " (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n" | |||
|
8118 | " change the working directory parents.)" | |||
|
8119 | msgstr "" | |||
6542 | " (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n" |
|
8120 | " (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n" | |
6543 |
" change the working directory parents.) |
|
8121 | " change the working directory parents.)" | |
6544 | "\n" |
|
8122 | ||
|
8123 | msgid "" | |||
|
8124 | " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n" | |||
|
8125 | " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n" | |||
|
8126 | " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n" | |||
|
8127 | " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n" | |||
|
8128 | " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n" | |||
|
8129 | " revision to revert to." | |||
|
8130 | msgstr "" | |||
6545 | " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n" |
|
8131 | " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n" | |
6546 | " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n" |
|
8132 | " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n" | |
6547 | " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n" |
|
8133 | " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n" | |
6548 | " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n" |
|
8134 | " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n" | |
6549 | " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n" |
|
8135 | " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n" | |
6550 |
" revision to revert to. |
|
8136 | " revision to revert to." | |
6551 | "\n" |
|
8137 | ||
|
8138 | msgid "" | |||
6552 | " Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n" |
|
8139 | " Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n" | |
6553 | " to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n" |
|
8140 | " to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n" | |
6554 | " to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n" |
|
8141 | " to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n" | |
6555 |
" dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
8142 | " dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date." | |
6556 | "\n" |
|
8143 | msgstr "" | |
|
8144 | " Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n" | |||
|
8145 | " to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n" | |||
|
8146 | " to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n" | |||
|
8147 | " dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date." | |||
|
8148 | ||||
|
8149 | msgid "" | |||
6557 | " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n" |
|
8150 | " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n" | |
6558 | " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n" |
|
8151 | " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n" | |
6559 | " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n" |
|
8152 | " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n" | |
6560 | " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n" |
|
8153 | " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n" | |
6561 |
" afterwards. |
|
8154 | " afterwards." | |
6562 | "\n" |
|
8155 | msgstr "" | |
6563 | " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n" |
|
|||
6564 | " of a file was changed, it is reset.\n" |
|
|||
6565 | "\n" |
|
|||
6566 | " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n" |
|
|||
6567 | " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted.\n" |
|
|||
6568 | "\n" |
|
|||
6569 | " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n" |
|
|||
6570 | " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n" |
|
|||
6571 | " " |
|
|||
6572 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
6573 | "將特定的檔案或目錄回復成較早的狀態\n" |
|
|||
6574 | "\n" |
|
|||
6575 | " (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n" |
|
|||
6576 | " change the working directory parents.)\n" |
|
|||
6577 | "\n" |
|
|||
6578 | " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n" |
|
|||
6579 | " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n" |
|
|||
6580 | " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n" |
|
|||
6581 | " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n" |
|
|||
6582 | " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n" |
|
|||
6583 | " revision to revert to.\n" |
|
|||
6584 | "\n" |
|
|||
6585 | " Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n" |
|
|||
6586 | " to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n" |
|
|||
6587 | " to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n" |
|
|||
6588 | " dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
|||
6589 | "\n" |
|
|||
6590 | " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n" |
|
8156 | " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n" | |
6591 | " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n" |
|
8157 | " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n" | |
6592 | " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n" |
|
8158 | " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n" | |
6593 | " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n" |
|
8159 | " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n" | |
6594 |
" afterwards. |
|
8160 | " afterwards." | |
6595 | "\n" |
|
8161 | ||
|
8162 | msgid "" | |||
|
8163 | " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n" | |||
|
8164 | " of a file was changed, it is reset." | |||
|
8165 | msgstr "" | |||
6596 | " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n" |
|
8166 | " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n" | |
6597 |
" of a file was changed, it is reset. |
|
8167 | " of a file was changed, it is reset." | |
6598 | "\n" |
|
8168 | ||
|
8169 | msgid "" | |||
|
8170 | " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n" | |||
|
8171 | " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted." | |||
|
8172 | msgstr "" | |||
6599 | " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n" |
|
8173 | " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n" | |
6600 |
" If no arguments are given, no files are reverted. |
|
8174 | " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted." | |
6601 | "\n" |
|
8175 | ||
|
8176 | msgid "" | |||
|
8177 | " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n" | |||
|
8178 | " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n" | |||
|
8179 | " " | |||
|
8180 | msgstr "" | |||
6602 | " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n" |
|
8181 | " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n" | |
6603 | " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n" |
|
8182 | " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n" | |
6604 | " " |
|
8183 | " " | |
@@ -6634,26 +8213,50 b' msgid "no changes needed to %s\\n"' | |||||
6634 | msgstr "" |
|
8213 | msgstr "" | |
6635 |
|
8214 | |||
6636 | #, fuzzy |
|
8215 | #, fuzzy | |
6637 | msgid "" |
|
8216 | msgid "roll back the last transaction" | |
6638 |
"roll back |
|
8217 | msgstr "roll back 最後一次的 transaction" | |
6639 | "\n" |
|
8218 | ||
|
8219 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8220 | msgid "" | |||
6640 | " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n" |
|
8221 | " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n" | |
6641 | " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n" |
|
8222 | " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n" | |
6642 | " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n" |
|
8223 | " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n" | |
6643 | " any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter\n" |
|
8224 | " any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter\n" | |
6644 |
" the working directory. |
|
8225 | " the working directory." | |
6645 | "\n" |
|
8226 | msgstr "" | |
|
8227 | " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n" | |||
|
8228 | " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n" | |||
|
8229 | " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n" | |||
|
8230 | " any dirstate changes since that time." | |||
|
8231 | ||||
|
8232 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8233 | msgid "" | |||
6646 | " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n" |
|
8234 | " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n" | |
6647 | " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n" |
|
8235 | " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n" | |
6648 | " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n" |
|
8236 | " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n" | |
6649 |
" and their effects can be rolled back:: |
|
8237 | " and their effects can be rolled back::" | |
6650 | "\n" |
|
8238 | msgstr "" | |
|
8239 | " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n" | |||
|
8240 | " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n" | |||
|
8241 | " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n" | |||
|
8242 | " and their effects can be rolled back:" | |||
|
8243 | ||||
|
8244 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8245 | msgid "" | |||
6651 | " commit\n" |
|
8246 | " commit\n" | |
6652 | " import\n" |
|
8247 | " import\n" | |
6653 | " pull\n" |
|
8248 | " pull\n" | |
6654 | " push (with this repository as destination)\n" |
|
8249 | " push (with this repository as destination)\n" | |
6655 |
" unbundle |
|
8250 | " unbundle" | |
6656 | "\n" |
|
8251 | msgstr "" | |
|
8252 | " commit\n" | |||
|
8253 | " import\n" | |||
|
8254 | " pull\n" | |||
|
8255 | " push (with this repository as destination)\n" | |||
|
8256 | " unbundle" | |||
|
8257 | ||||
|
8258 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8259 | msgid "" | |||
6657 | " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n" |
|
8260 | " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n" | |
6658 | " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n" |
|
8261 | " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n" | |
6659 | " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n" |
|
8262 | " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n" | |
@@ -6662,24 +8265,6 b' msgid ""' | |||||
6662 | " may fail if a rollback is performed.\n" |
|
8265 | " may fail if a rollback is performed.\n" | |
6663 | " " |
|
8266 | " " | |
6664 | msgstr "" |
|
8267 | msgstr "" | |
6665 | "roll back 最後一次的 transaction\n" |
|
|||
6666 | "\n" |
|
|||
6667 | " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n" |
|
|||
6668 | " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n" |
|
|||
6669 | " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n" |
|
|||
6670 | " any dirstate changes since that time.\n" |
|
|||
6671 | "\n" |
|
|||
6672 | " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n" |
|
|||
6673 | " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n" |
|
|||
6674 | " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n" |
|
|||
6675 | " and their effects can be rolled back:\n" |
|
|||
6676 | "\n" |
|
|||
6677 | " commit\n" |
|
|||
6678 | " import\n" |
|
|||
6679 | " pull\n" |
|
|||
6680 | " push (with this repository as destination)\n" |
|
|||
6681 | " unbundle\n" |
|
|||
6682 | "\n" |
|
|||
6683 | " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n" |
|
8268 | " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n" | |
6684 | " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n" |
|
8269 | " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n" | |
6685 | " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n" |
|
8270 | " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n" | |
@@ -6688,31 +8273,28 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
6688 | " may fail if a rollback is performed.\n" |
|
8273 | " may fail if a rollback is performed.\n" | |
6689 | " " |
|
8274 | " " | |
6690 |
|
8275 | |||
6691 | msgid "" |
|
8276 | msgid "print the root (top) of the current working directory" | |
6692 | "print the root (top) of the current working directory\n" |
|
8277 | msgstr "顯示目前 working directory 的 root 目錄" | |
6693 | "\n" |
|
8278 | ||
|
8279 | msgid "" | |||
|
8280 | " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n" | |||
|
8281 | " " | |||
|
8282 | msgstr "" | |||
6694 | " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n" |
|
8283 | " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n" | |
6695 | " " |
|
8284 | " " | |
6696 | msgstr "" |
|
8285 | ||
6697 | "顯示目前 working directory 的 root 目錄\n" |
|
8286 | msgid "export the repository via HTTP" | |
6698 | "\n" |
|
8287 | msgstr "將 repository 經由 HTTP 發佈" | |
6699 | " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n" |
|
8288 | ||
6700 | " " |
|
8289 | msgid " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server." | |
6701 |
|
8290 | msgstr " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server." | ||
6702 | msgid "" |
|
8291 | ||
6703 | "export the repository via HTTP\n" |
|
8292 | msgid "" | |
6704 | "\n" |
|
|||
6705 | " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server.\n" |
|
|||
6706 | "\n" |
|
|||
6707 | " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n" |
|
8293 | " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n" | |
6708 | " stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n" |
|
8294 | " stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n" | |
6709 | " files.\n" |
|
8295 | " files.\n" | |
6710 | " " |
|
8296 | " " | |
6711 | msgstr "" |
|
8297 | msgstr "" | |
6712 | "將 repository 經由 HTTP 發佈\n" |
|
|||
6713 | "\n" |
|
|||
6714 | " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server.\n" |
|
|||
6715 | "\n" |
|
|||
6716 | " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n" |
|
8298 | " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n" | |
6717 | " stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n" |
|
8299 | " stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n" | |
6718 | " files.\n" |
|
8300 | " files.\n" | |
@@ -6723,8 +8305,9 b' msgid "listening at http://%s%s/%s (boun' | |||||
6723 | msgstr "" |
|
8305 | msgstr "" | |
6724 |
|
8306 | |||
6725 | #, fuzzy |
|
8307 | #, fuzzy | |
6726 | msgid "" |
|
8308 | msgid "show changed files in the working directory" | |
6727 | "show changed files in the working directory\n" |
|
8309 | msgstr "" | |
|
8310 | "顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n" | |||
6728 | "\n" |
|
8311 | "\n" | |
6729 | " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n" |
|
8312 | " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n" | |
6730 | " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n" |
|
8313 | " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n" | |
@@ -6745,8 +8328,174 b' msgid ""' | |||||
6745 | " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n" |
|
8328 | " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n" | |
6746 | " shown.\n" |
|
8329 | " shown.\n" | |
6747 | "\n" |
|
8330 | "\n" | |
6748 |
" The codes used to show the status of files are: |
|
8331 | " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n" | |
6749 | "\n" |
|
8332 | " M = modified\n" | |
|
8333 | " A = added\n" | |||
|
8334 | " R = removed\n" | |||
|
8335 | " C = clean\n" | |||
|
8336 | " ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n" | |||
|
8337 | " ? = not tracked\n" | |||
|
8338 | " I = ignored\n" | |||
|
8339 | " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n" | |||
|
8340 | " " | |||
|
8341 | ||||
|
8342 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8343 | msgid "" | |||
|
8344 | " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n" | |||
|
8345 | " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n" | |||
|
8346 | " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n" | |||
|
8347 | " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n" | |||
|
8348 | " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n" | |||
|
8349 | " options -mardu are used." | |||
|
8350 | msgstr "" | |||
|
8351 | "顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n" | |||
|
8352 | "\n" | |||
|
8353 | " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n" | |||
|
8354 | " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n" | |||
|
8355 | " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n" | |||
|
8356 | " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n" | |||
|
8357 | " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n" | |||
|
8358 | " options -mardu are used.\n" | |||
|
8359 | "\n" | |||
|
8360 | " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n" | |||
|
8361 | " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n" | |||
|
8362 | "\n" | |||
|
8363 | " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n" | |||
|
8364 | " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n" | |||
|
8365 | " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n" | |||
|
8366 | " to one merge parent.\n" | |||
|
8367 | "\n" | |||
|
8368 | " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n" | |||
|
8369 | " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n" | |||
|
8370 | " shown.\n" | |||
|
8371 | "\n" | |||
|
8372 | " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n" | |||
|
8373 | " M = modified\n" | |||
|
8374 | " A = added\n" | |||
|
8375 | " R = removed\n" | |||
|
8376 | " C = clean\n" | |||
|
8377 | " ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n" | |||
|
8378 | " ? = not tracked\n" | |||
|
8379 | " I = ignored\n" | |||
|
8380 | " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n" | |||
|
8381 | " " | |||
|
8382 | ||||
|
8383 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8384 | msgid "" | |||
|
8385 | " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n" | |||
|
8386 | " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored." | |||
|
8387 | msgstr "" | |||
|
8388 | "顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n" | |||
|
8389 | "\n" | |||
|
8390 | " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n" | |||
|
8391 | " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n" | |||
|
8392 | " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n" | |||
|
8393 | " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n" | |||
|
8394 | " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n" | |||
|
8395 | " options -mardu are used.\n" | |||
|
8396 | "\n" | |||
|
8397 | " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n" | |||
|
8398 | " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n" | |||
|
8399 | "\n" | |||
|
8400 | " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n" | |||
|
8401 | " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n" | |||
|
8402 | " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n" | |||
|
8403 | " to one merge parent.\n" | |||
|
8404 | "\n" | |||
|
8405 | " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n" | |||
|
8406 | " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n" | |||
|
8407 | " shown.\n" | |||
|
8408 | "\n" | |||
|
8409 | " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n" | |||
|
8410 | " M = modified\n" | |||
|
8411 | " A = added\n" | |||
|
8412 | " R = removed\n" | |||
|
8413 | " C = clean\n" | |||
|
8414 | " ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n" | |||
|
8415 | " ? = not tracked\n" | |||
|
8416 | " I = ignored\n" | |||
|
8417 | " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n" | |||
|
8418 | " " | |||
|
8419 | ||||
|
8420 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8421 | msgid "" | |||
|
8422 | " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n" | |||
|
8423 | " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n" | |||
|
8424 | " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n" | |||
|
8425 | " to one merge parent." | |||
|
8426 | msgstr "" | |||
|
8427 | "顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n" | |||
|
8428 | "\n" | |||
|
8429 | " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n" | |||
|
8430 | " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n" | |||
|
8431 | " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n" | |||
|
8432 | " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n" | |||
|
8433 | " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n" | |||
|
8434 | " options -mardu are used.\n" | |||
|
8435 | "\n" | |||
|
8436 | " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n" | |||
|
8437 | " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n" | |||
|
8438 | "\n" | |||
|
8439 | " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n" | |||
|
8440 | " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n" | |||
|
8441 | " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n" | |||
|
8442 | " to one merge parent.\n" | |||
|
8443 | "\n" | |||
|
8444 | " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n" | |||
|
8445 | " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n" | |||
|
8446 | " shown.\n" | |||
|
8447 | "\n" | |||
|
8448 | " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n" | |||
|
8449 | " M = modified\n" | |||
|
8450 | " A = added\n" | |||
|
8451 | " R = removed\n" | |||
|
8452 | " C = clean\n" | |||
|
8453 | " ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n" | |||
|
8454 | " ? = not tracked\n" | |||
|
8455 | " I = ignored\n" | |||
|
8456 | " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n" | |||
|
8457 | " " | |||
|
8458 | ||||
|
8459 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8460 | msgid "" | |||
|
8461 | " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n" | |||
|
8462 | " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n" | |||
|
8463 | " shown." | |||
|
8464 | msgstr "" | |||
|
8465 | "顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n" | |||
|
8466 | "\n" | |||
|
8467 | " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n" | |||
|
8468 | " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n" | |||
|
8469 | " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n" | |||
|
8470 | " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n" | |||
|
8471 | " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n" | |||
|
8472 | " options -mardu are used.\n" | |||
|
8473 | "\n" | |||
|
8474 | " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n" | |||
|
8475 | " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n" | |||
|
8476 | "\n" | |||
|
8477 | " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n" | |||
|
8478 | " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n" | |||
|
8479 | " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n" | |||
|
8480 | " to one merge parent.\n" | |||
|
8481 | "\n" | |||
|
8482 | " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n" | |||
|
8483 | " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n" | |||
|
8484 | " shown.\n" | |||
|
8485 | "\n" | |||
|
8486 | " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n" | |||
|
8487 | " M = modified\n" | |||
|
8488 | " A = added\n" | |||
|
8489 | " R = removed\n" | |||
|
8490 | " C = clean\n" | |||
|
8491 | " ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n" | |||
|
8492 | " ? = not tracked\n" | |||
|
8493 | " I = ignored\n" | |||
|
8494 | " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n" | |||
|
8495 | " " | |||
|
8496 | ||||
|
8497 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8498 | msgid "" | |||
6750 | " M = modified\n" |
|
8499 | " M = modified\n" | |
6751 | " A = added\n" |
|
8500 | " A = added\n" | |
6752 | " R = removed\n" |
|
8501 | " R = removed\n" | |
@@ -6789,12 +8538,15 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
6789 | " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n" |
|
8538 | " = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n" | |
6790 | " " |
|
8539 | " " | |
6791 |
|
8540 | |||
6792 | msgid "" |
|
8541 | msgid "summarize working directory state" | |
6793 | "summarize working directory state\n" |
|
8542 | msgstr "" | |
6794 | "\n" |
|
8543 | ||
|
8544 | msgid "" | |||
6795 | " This generates a brief summary of the working directory state,\n" |
|
8545 | " This generates a brief summary of the working directory state,\n" | |
6796 |
" including parents, branch, commit status, and available updates. |
|
8546 | " including parents, branch, commit status, and available updates." | |
6797 | "\n" |
|
8547 | msgstr "" | |
|
8548 | ||||
|
8549 | msgid "" | |||
6798 | " With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for\n" |
|
8550 | " With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for\n" | |
6799 | " incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming.\n" |
|
8551 | " incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming.\n" | |
6800 | " " |
|
8552 | " " | |
@@ -6885,46 +8637,40 b' msgstr "\xe9\x81\xa0\xe7\xab\xaf: "' | |||||
6885 | msgid "remote: (synced)\n" |
|
8637 | msgid "remote: (synced)\n" | |
6886 | msgstr "遠端: " |
|
8638 | msgstr "遠端: " | |
6887 |
|
8639 | |||
6888 | msgid "" |
|
8640 | msgid "add one or more tags for the current or given revision" | |
6889 | "add one or more tags for the current or given revision\n" |
|
8641 | msgstr "對目前或是指定的 revision 新增一或多個 tags" | |
6890 | "\n" |
|
8642 | ||
6891 |
" Name a particular revision using <name>. |
|
8643 | msgid " Name a particular revision using <name>." | |
6892 | "\n" |
|
8644 | msgstr " Name a particular revision using <name>." | |
|
8645 | ||||
|
8646 | msgid "" | |||
6893 | " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n" |
|
8647 | " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n" | |
6894 | " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n" |
|
8648 | " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n" | |
6895 |
" earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc. |
|
8649 | " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc." | |
6896 | "\n" |
|
8650 | msgstr "" | |
|
8651 | " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n" | |||
|
8652 | " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n" | |||
|
8653 | " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc." | |||
|
8654 | ||||
|
8655 | msgid "" | |||
6897 | " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n" |
|
8656 | " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n" | |
6898 |
" used, or tip if no revision is checked out. |
|
8657 | " used, or tip if no revision is checked out." | |
6899 | "\n" |
|
8658 | msgstr "" | |
|
8659 | " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n" | |||
|
8660 | " used, or tip if no revision is checked out." | |||
|
8661 | ||||
|
8662 | msgid "" | |||
6900 | " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n" |
|
8663 | " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n" | |
6901 | " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n" |
|
8664 | " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n" | |
6902 | " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n" |
|
8665 | " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n" | |
6903 | " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n" |
|
8666 | " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n" | |
6904 |
" shared among repositories). |
|
8667 | " shared among repositories)." | |
6905 | "\n" |
|
8668 | msgstr "" | |
6906 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
|||
6907 | " " |
|
|||
6908 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
6909 | "對目前或是指定的 revision 新增一或多個 tags\n" |
|
|||
6910 | "\n" |
|
|||
6911 | " Name a particular revision using <name>.\n" |
|
|||
6912 | "\n" |
|
|||
6913 | " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n" |
|
|||
6914 | " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n" |
|
|||
6915 | " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc.\n" |
|
|||
6916 | "\n" |
|
|||
6917 | " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n" |
|
|||
6918 | " used, or tip if no revision is checked out.\n" |
|
|||
6919 | "\n" |
|
|||
6920 | " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n" |
|
8669 | " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n" | |
6921 | " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n" |
|
8670 | " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n" | |
6922 | " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n" |
|
8671 | " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n" | |
6923 | " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n" |
|
8672 | " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n" | |
6924 |
" shared among repositories). |
|
8673 | " shared among repositories)." | |
6925 | "\n" |
|
|||
6926 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
|||
6927 | " " |
|
|||
6928 |
|
8674 | |||
6929 | msgid "tag names must be unique" |
|
8675 | msgid "tag names must be unique" | |
6930 | msgstr "" |
|
8676 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -6952,119 +8698,119 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
6952 | msgid "tag '%s' already exists (use -f to force)" |
|
8698 | msgid "tag '%s' already exists (use -f to force)" | |
6953 | msgstr "" |
|
8699 | msgstr "" | |
6954 |
|
8700 | |||
6955 | msgid "" |
|
8701 | msgid "list repository tags" | |
6956 |
|
|
8702 | msgstr "列出 repository tags" | |
6957 | "\n" |
|
8703 | ||
|
8704 | msgid "" | |||
|
8705 | " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n" | |||
|
8706 | " switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n" | |||
|
8707 | " " | |||
|
8708 | msgstr "" | |||
6958 | " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n" |
|
8709 | " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n" | |
6959 | " switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n" |
|
8710 | " switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n" | |
6960 | " " |
|
8711 | " " | |
6961 | msgstr "" |
|
8712 | ||
6962 | "列出 repository tags\n" |
|
8713 | msgid "show the tip revision" | |
6963 | "\n" |
|
8714 | msgstr "顯示 tip revision" | |
6964 | " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n" |
|
8715 | ||
6965 | " switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n" |
|
8716 | msgid "" | |
6966 | " " |
|
|||
6967 |
|
||||
6968 | msgid "" |
|
|||
6969 | "show the tip revision\n" |
|
|||
6970 | "\n" |
|
|||
6971 | " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n" |
|
8717 | " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n" | |
6972 | " most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n" |
|
8718 | " most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n" | |
6973 |
" recently changed head). |
|
8719 | " recently changed head)." | |
6974 | "\n" |
|
8720 | msgstr "" | |
|
8721 | " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n" | |||
|
8722 | " most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n" | |||
|
8723 | " recently changed head)." | |||
|
8724 | ||||
|
8725 | msgid "" | |||
6975 | " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n" |
|
8726 | " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n" | |
6976 | " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n" |
|
8727 | " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n" | |
6977 | " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n" |
|
8728 | " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n" | |
6978 | " and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n" |
|
8729 | " and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n" | |
6979 | " " |
|
8730 | " " | |
6980 | msgstr "" |
|
8731 | msgstr "" | |
6981 | "顯示 tip revision\n" |
|
|||
6982 | "\n" |
|
|||
6983 | " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n" |
|
|||
6984 | " most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n" |
|
|||
6985 | " recently changed head).\n" |
|
|||
6986 | "\n" |
|
|||
6987 | " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n" |
|
8732 | " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n" | |
6988 | " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n" |
|
8733 | " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n" | |
6989 | " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n" |
|
8734 | " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n" | |
6990 | " and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n" |
|
8735 | " and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n" | |
6991 | " " |
|
8736 | " " | |
6992 |
|
8737 | |||
6993 | msgid "" |
|
8738 | msgid "apply one or more changegroup files" | |
6994 | "apply one or more changegroup files\n" |
|
8739 | msgstr "套用一或多個 changegroup 檔案" | |
6995 | "\n" |
|
8740 | ||
|
8741 | msgid "" | |||
6996 | " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n" |
|
8742 | " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n" | |
6997 | " bundle command.\n" |
|
8743 | " bundle command.\n" | |
6998 | " " |
|
8744 | " " | |
6999 | msgstr "" |
|
8745 | msgstr "" | |
7000 | "套用一或多個 changegroup 檔案\n" |
|
|||
7001 | "\n" |
|
|||
7002 | " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n" |
|
8746 | " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n" | |
7003 | " bundle command.\n" |
|
8747 | " bundle command.\n" | |
7004 | " " |
|
8748 | " " | |
7005 |
|
8749 | |||
7006 | #, fuzzy |
|
8750 | #, fuzzy | |
7007 | msgid "" |
|
8751 | msgid "update working directory" | |
7008 |
|
|
8752 | msgstr "更新 working directory" | |
7009 | "\n" |
|
8753 | ||
|
8754 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8755 | msgid "" | |||
7010 | " Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n" |
|
8756 | " Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n" | |
7011 | " revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n" |
|
8757 | " revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n" | |
7012 | " Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n" |
|
8758 | " Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n" | |
7013 |
" clone -U'). |
|
8759 | " clone -U')." | |
7014 | "\n" |
|
8760 | msgstr "" | |
|
8761 | " Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n" | |||
|
8762 | " revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n" | |||
|
8763 | " Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n" | |||
|
8764 | " clone -U')." | |||
|
8765 | ||||
|
8766 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8767 | msgid "" | |||
7015 | " When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n" |
|
8768 | " When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n" | |
7016 | " will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n" |
|
8769 | " will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n" | |
7017 | " repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n" |
|
8770 | " repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n" | |
7018 | " the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n" |
|
8771 | " the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n" | |
7019 |
" branch. |
|
8772 | " branch." | |
7020 | "\n" |
|
8773 | msgstr "" | |
|
8774 | " When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n" | |||
|
8775 | " will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n" | |||
|
8776 | " repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n" | |||
|
8777 | " the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n" | |||
|
8778 | " branch." | |||
|
8779 | ||||
|
8780 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8781 | msgid "" | |||
7021 | " When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n" |
|
8782 | " When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n" | |
7022 | " discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n" |
|
8783 | " discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n" | |
7023 | " directory with the requested revision. Alternately, use -c/--check\n" |
|
8784 | " directory with the requested revision. Alternately, use -c/--check\n" | |
7024 |
" to abort. |
|
8785 | " to abort." | |
7025 | "\n" |
|
8786 | msgstr "" | |
|
8787 | " When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n" | |||
|
8788 | " discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n" | |||
|
8789 | " directory with the requested revision." | |||
|
8790 | ||||
|
8791 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8792 | msgid "" | |||
7026 | " When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n" |
|
8793 | " When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n" | |
7027 | " used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n" |
|
8794 | " used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n" | |
7028 | " same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n" |
|
8795 | " same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n" | |
7029 | " new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n" |
|
8796 | " new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n" | |
7030 | " with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n" |
|
8797 | " with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n" | |
7031 |
" a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead. |
|
8798 | " a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead." | |
7032 | "\n" |
|
8799 | msgstr "" | |
7033 | " If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n" |
|
|||
7034 | " revert.\n" |
|
|||
7035 | "\n" |
|
|||
7036 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
|||
7037 | " " |
|
|||
7038 | msgstr "" |
|
|||
7039 | "更新 working directory\n" |
|
|||
7040 | "\n" |
|
|||
7041 | " Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n" |
|
|||
7042 | " revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n" |
|
|||
7043 | " Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n" |
|
|||
7044 | " clone -U').\n" |
|
|||
7045 | "\n" |
|
|||
7046 | " When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n" |
|
|||
7047 | " will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n" |
|
|||
7048 | " repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n" |
|
|||
7049 | " the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n" |
|
|||
7050 | " branch.\n" |
|
|||
7051 | "\n" |
|
|||
7052 | " When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n" |
|
|||
7053 | " discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n" |
|
|||
7054 | " directory with the requested revision.\n" |
|
|||
7055 | "\n" |
|
|||
7056 | " When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n" |
|
8800 | " When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n" | |
7057 | " used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n" |
|
8801 | " used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n" | |
7058 | " same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n" |
|
8802 | " same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n" | |
7059 | " new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n" |
|
8803 | " new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n" | |
7060 | " with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n" |
|
8804 | " with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n" | |
7061 |
" a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead. |
|
8805 | " a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead." | |
7062 | "\n" |
|
8806 | ||
|
8807 | #, fuzzy | |||
|
8808 | msgid "" | |||
7063 | " If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n" |
|
8809 | " If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n" | |
7064 |
" revert. |
|
8810 | " revert." | |
7065 | "\n" |
|
8811 | msgstr "" | |
7066 | " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" |
|
8812 | " If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n" | |
7067 | " " |
|
8813 | " revert." | |
7068 |
|
8814 | |||
7069 | msgid "cannot specify both -c/--check and -C/--clean" |
|
8815 | msgid "cannot specify both -c/--check and -C/--clean" | |
7070 | msgstr "" |
|
8816 | msgstr "" | |
@@ -7073,21 +8819,19 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
7073 | msgid "uncommitted local changes" |
|
8819 | msgid "uncommitted local changes" | |
7074 | msgstr "未同步的變更" |
|
8820 | msgstr "未同步的變更" | |
7075 |
|
8821 | |||
7076 | msgid "" |
|
8822 | msgid "verify the integrity of the repository" | |
7077 | "verify the integrity of the repository\n" |
|
8823 | msgstr "驗證 repository 的完整性" | |
7078 | "\n" |
|
8824 | ||
7079 |
" Verify the integrity of the current repository. |
|
8825 | msgid " Verify the integrity of the current repository." | |
7080 | "\n" |
|
8826 | msgstr " Verify the integrity of the current repository." | |
|
8827 | ||||
|
8828 | msgid "" | |||
7081 | " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n" |
|
8829 | " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n" | |
7082 | " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n" |
|
8830 | " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n" | |
7083 | " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n" |
|
8831 | " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n" | |
7084 | " integrity of their crosslinks and indices.\n" |
|
8832 | " integrity of their crosslinks and indices.\n" | |
7085 | " " |
|
8833 | " " | |
7086 | msgstr "" |
|
8834 | msgstr "" | |
7087 | "驗證 repository 的完整性\n" |
|
|||
7088 | "\n" |
|
|||
7089 | " Verify the integrity of the current repository.\n" |
|
|||
7090 | "\n" |
|
|||
7091 | " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n" |
|
8835 | " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n" | |
7092 | " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n" |
|
8836 | " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n" | |
7093 | " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n" |
|
8837 | " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n" | |
@@ -7477,9 +9221,7 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
7477 | msgid "[-nibt] [-r REV] [SOURCE]" |
|
9221 | msgid "[-nibt] [-r REV] [SOURCE]" | |
7478 | msgstr "" |
|
9222 | msgstr "" | |
7479 |
|
9223 | |||
7480 | msgid "" |
|
9224 | msgid "directory strip option for patch. This has the same meaning as the corresponding patch option" | |
7481 | "directory strip option for patch. This has the same meaning as the " |
|
|||
7482 | "corresponding patch option" |
|
|||
7483 | msgstr "" |
|
9225 | msgstr "" | |
7484 |
|
9226 | |||
7485 | msgid "base path" |
|
9227 | msgid "base path" | |
@@ -7926,9 +9668,7 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
7926 | msgid "Option --cwd may not be abbreviated!" |
|
9668 | msgid "Option --cwd may not be abbreviated!" | |
7927 | msgstr "" |
|
9669 | msgstr "" | |
7928 |
|
9670 | |||
7929 | msgid "" |
|
9671 | msgid "Option -R has to be separated from other options (e.g. not -qR) and --repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!" | |
7930 | "Option -R has to be separated from other options (e.g. not -qR) and --" |
|
|||
7931 | "repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!" |
|
|||
7932 | msgstr "" |
|
9672 | msgstr "" | |
7933 |
|
9673 | |||
7934 | #, python-format |
|
9674 | #, python-format | |
@@ -7946,9 +9686,7 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
7946 | msgid "unrecognized profiling format '%s' - Ignored\n" |
|
9686 | msgid "unrecognized profiling format '%s' - Ignored\n" | |
7947 | msgstr "" |
|
9687 | msgstr "" | |
7948 |
|
9688 | |||
7949 | msgid "" |
|
9689 | msgid "lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/misc/lsprof/" | |
7950 | "lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/" |
|
|||
7951 | "misc/lsprof/" |
|
|||
7952 | msgstr "" |
|
9690 | msgstr "" | |
7953 |
|
9691 | |||
7954 | #, python-format |
|
9692 | #, python-format | |
@@ -8076,9 +9814,7 b' msgstr "\xe7\x9b\xae\xe7\x9a\x84\xe7\xab\xaf \'%s\' \xe5\xb7\xb2\xe5\xad\x98\xe5\x9c\xa8"' | |||||
8076 | msgid "destination '%s' is not empty" |
|
9814 | msgid "destination '%s' is not empty" | |
8077 | msgstr "目的端 '%s' 不是空的" |
|
9815 | msgstr "目的端 '%s' 不是空的" | |
8078 |
|
9816 | |||
8079 | msgid "" |
|
9817 | msgid "src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone by revision" | |
8080 | "src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone " |
|
|||
8081 | "by revision" |
|
|||
8082 | msgstr "" |
|
9818 | msgstr "" | |
8083 |
|
9819 | |||
8084 | msgid "clone from remote to remote not supported" |
|
9820 | msgid "clone from remote to remote not supported" | |
@@ -8089,16 +9825,13 b' msgid "updating to branch %s\\n"' | |||||
8089 | msgstr "正在新增 branch\n" |
|
9825 | msgstr "正在新增 branch\n" | |
8090 |
|
9826 | |||
8091 | #, python-format |
|
9827 | #, python-format | |
8092 | msgid "" |
|
9828 | msgid "%d files updated, %d files merged, %d files removed, %d files unresolved\n" | |
8093 | "%d files updated, %d files merged, %d files removed, %d files unresolved\n" |
|
|||
8094 | msgstr "" |
|
9829 | msgstr "" | |
8095 |
|
9830 | |||
8096 | msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges\n" |
|
9831 | msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges\n" | |
8097 | msgstr "" |
|
9832 | msgstr "" | |
8098 |
|
9833 | |||
8099 | msgid "" |
|
9834 | msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg update -C' to abandon\n" | |
8100 | "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg update -C' to " |
|
|||
8101 | "abandon\n" |
|
|||
8102 | msgstr "" |
|
9835 | msgstr "" | |
8103 |
|
9836 | |||
8104 | msgid "(branch merge, don't forget to commit)\n" |
|
9837 | msgid "(branch merge, don't forget to commit)\n" | |
@@ -8366,9 +10099,7 b' msgstr ""' | |||||
8366 | msgid "requesting all changes\n" |
|
10099 | msgid "requesting all changes\n" | |
8367 | msgstr "" |
|
10100 | msgstr "" | |
8368 |
|
10101 | |||
8369 | msgid "" |
|
10102 | msgid "Partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support changegroupsubset." | |
8370 | "Partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support " |
|
|||
8371 | "changegroupsubset." |
|
|||
8372 | msgstr "" |
|
10103 | msgstr "" | |
8373 |
|
10104 | |||
8374 | #, python-format |
|
10105 | #, python-format | |
@@ -8487,9 +10218,7 b' msgid "diff context lines count must be ' | |||||
8487 | msgstr "" |
|
10218 | msgstr "" | |
8488 |
|
10219 | |||
8489 | #, python-format |
|
10220 | #, python-format | |
8490 | msgid "" |
|
10221 | msgid "untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: '%s'" | |
8491 | "untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: " |
|
|||
8492 | "'%s'" |
|
|||
8493 | msgstr "" |
|
10222 | msgstr "" | |
8494 |
|
10223 | |||
8495 | #, python-format |
|
10224 | #, python-format |
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments.
Login now